Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 112349:e4640e51ea08
* admin/notes/bzr: Fix typos in previous.
author | Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 17 Jan 2011 18:57:04 -0800 |
parents | 56d3e9c28eb0 |
children | 42e22c4f06b7 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
64770
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
3 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, |
112218
376148b31b5e
Add 2011 to FSF/AIST copyright years.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
111155
diff
changeset
|
4 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 5 |
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
7 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
314 | 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
11 (at your option) any later version. |
314 | 12 |
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | |
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
314 | 20 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <config.h> |
314 | 22 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 24 #include <ctype.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
104957
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <setjmp.h> |
21514 | 26 #include <unistd.h> |
27 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
28 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 29 #include "termchar.h" |
30 #include "termopts.h" | |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
31 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
33 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 34 #include "buffer.h" |
88351
aac41b50c875
Include "character.h" instead of "charset.h".
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "character.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 37 #include "frame.h" |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "termhooks.h" |
314 | 39 #include "window.h" |
40 #include "commands.h" | |
41 #include "disptab.h" | |
42 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
43 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 44 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 45 #include "process.h" |
314 | 46 |
12917 | 47 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 48 |
314 | 49 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
50 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 51 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 52 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
53 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
54 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
55 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
56 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
57 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
58 #include "nsterm.h" |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
60 |
25012 | 61 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
62 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
63 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
64 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
65 |
314 | 66 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 67 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
68 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
69 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
70 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 71 |
72 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
73 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
74 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
75 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
76 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
77 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
78 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
79 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
80 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
81 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
82 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
83 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
84 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
85 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
86 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
87 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 88 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
89 #endif | |
25012 | 90 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
91 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
92 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 93 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
94 #endif | |
25012 | 95 |
96 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
97 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
98 | |
99 struct dim | |
100 { | |
101 int width; | |
102 int height; | |
103 }; | |
104 | |
105 | |
106 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
107 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
108 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
109 static void restore_current_matrix (struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
110 static int showing_window_margins_p (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
111 static void fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
112 static void redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
113 static void redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
114 static int count_blanks (struct glyph *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
115 static int count_match (struct glyph *, struct glyph *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
116 struct glyph *, struct glyph *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
117 static unsigned line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
118 static void update_frame_line (struct frame *, int); |
25012 | 119 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
120 (Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *); |
112023
ac49e05bfcf2
Remove unused declarations
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
112021
diff
changeset
|
121 static int required_matrix_height (struct window *); |
ac49e05bfcf2
Remove unused declarations
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
112021
diff
changeset
|
122 static int required_matrix_width (struct window *); |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
123 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
124 static int realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
125 static void adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
126 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
127 static void free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
128 static void adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
129 int, int, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
130 static void change_frame_size_1 (struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
131 static void swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
132 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
133 static int glyph_row_slice_p (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
134 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
135 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
136 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
137 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
138 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
139 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
140 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
141 static void free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
142 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
143 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
144 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
145 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
146 static void build_frame_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
147 void clear_current_matrices (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
148 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range (struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
149 int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
150 static void clear_window_matrices (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
151 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
152 static int scrolling_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
153 static int update_window_line (struct window *, int, int *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
154 static void update_marginal_area (struct window *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
155 static int update_text_area (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
156 static void make_current (struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
157 int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
158 static void mirror_make_current (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
159 void check_window_matrix_pointers (struct window *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
160 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
161 static void check_matrix_pointers (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
162 struct glyph_matrix *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
163 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
164 static void mirror_line_dance (struct window *, int, int, int *, char *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
165 static int update_window_tree (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
166 static int update_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
167 static int update_frame_1 (struct frame *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
168 static void set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
169 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
170 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *); |
25012 | 171 |
172 | |
173 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
174 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
175 scrolling. */ | |
176 | |
177 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
178 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
179 /* Define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING to 1, if micro-second timers |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
180 are supported, so we can check for input during redisplay at |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
181 regular intervals. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
182 #ifdef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
183 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 1 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
184 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
185 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 0 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
186 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
187 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
188 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
189 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
190 /* If a number (float), check for user input every N seconds. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
191 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
192 Lisp_Object Vredisplay_preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
193 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
194 /* Redisplay preemption timers. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
195 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
196 static EMACS_TIME preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
197 static EMACS_TIME preemption_next_check; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
198 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
199 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
200 |
554 | 201 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 202 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 203 |
764 | 204 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 205 |
25012 | 206 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 207 |
208 int display_completed; | |
209 | |
25012 | 210 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
211 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 212 |
213 int visible_bell; | |
214 | |
764 | 215 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 216 |
217 int inverse_video; | |
218 | |
219 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
220 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
221 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 222 |
25012 | 223 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
224 creates the first frame. */ |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
225 |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
226 Lisp_Object Vinitial_window_system; |
314 | 227 |
228 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 229 |
314 | 230 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
231 | |
25012 | 232 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
233 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 234 |
235 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 236 as a character code. |
237 | |
238 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
239 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 240 |
241 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
242 | |
243 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
244 | |
245 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
246 | |
25012 | 247 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
248 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 249 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
250 | |
314 | 251 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
252 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
253 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 254 |
314 | 255 |
25012 | 256 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
257 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
258 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
259 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 260 |
261 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 262 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 263 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
264 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 265 |
266 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
267 | |
268 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
269 | |
270 int delayed_size_change; | |
271 | |
272 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
273 | |
274 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
275 | |
276 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
277 | |
278 struct window *updated_window; | |
279 | |
280 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
281 | |
282 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
283 int updated_area; | |
284 | |
285 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
286 | |
287 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
288 | |
289 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
290 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
291 | |
292 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
293 int glyph_pool_count; | |
294 | |
295 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
296 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
297 | |
298 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
299 | |
300 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
301 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
302 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
303 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
94946
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
304 loaded on demand. Another reason is that a line contains many |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
305 characters displayed by zero width or very narrow glyphs of |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
306 variable-width fonts. */ |
25012 | 307 |
308 int fonts_changed_p; | |
309 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
310 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 311 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
312 | |
313 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
314 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
315 static int window_to_frame_vpos (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
316 static int window_to_frame_hpos (struct window *, int); |
25012 | 317 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) |
318 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
319 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
320 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
321 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
322 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
323 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
324 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
325 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
326 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
327 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
328 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
329 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
345 static void add_frame_display_history (struct frame *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
346 static void add_window_display_history (struct window *, char *, int); |
71141 | 347 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
350 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 static void |
112021 | 354 add_window_display_history (struct window *w, char *msg, int paused_p) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
357 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
362 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
368 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 static void |
112021 | 380 add_frame_display_history (struct frame *f, int paused_p) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
383 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
388 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
397 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
398 (void) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 |
25012 | 413 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
414 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
415 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
416 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 417 |
418 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
419 | |
420 | |
109539
d962ccf8829f
Use __executable_start to find start of text segment for profiling
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109360
diff
changeset
|
421 #if defined PROFILING && !HAVE___EXECUTABLE_START |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
422 /* FIXME: only used to find text start for profiling. */ |
314 | 423 |
424 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
425 safe_bcopy (const char *from, char *to, int size) |
314 | 426 { |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
427 abort (); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
428 } |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
429 #endif |
25012 | 430 |
431 /*********************************************************************** | |
432 Glyph Matrices | |
433 ***********************************************************************/ | |
434 | |
435 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
436 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
437 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
438 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
439 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
440 | |
441 struct glyph_matrix * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
442 new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 443 { |
444 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
445 | |
446 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
447 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
448 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
25012 | 449 |
450 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
451 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
452 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
453 | |
454 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
455 result->pool = pool; | |
456 return result; | |
457 } | |
458 | |
459 | |
460 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
461 | |
462 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
463 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
464 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
465 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
466 |
25012 | 467 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
468 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
469 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
470 | |
471 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
472 free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 473 { |
474 if (matrix) | |
475 { | |
476 int i; | |
477 | |
478 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
479 allocated. */ | |
480 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
481 abort (); | |
482 | |
483 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
484 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
485 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
486 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
487 |
25012 | 488 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
489 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
490 xfree (matrix); | |
491 } | |
492 } | |
493 | |
494 | |
495 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
496 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
497 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
498 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
499 or a float. */ | |
500 | |
501 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
502 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (struct window *w, int total_glyphs, Lisp_Object margin) |
25012 | 503 { |
504 int n; | |
505 | |
506 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
507 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
508 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 509 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
510 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
57808
a1c4ff636947
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Don't use ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56727
diff
changeset
|
511 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); |
25012 | 512 } |
513 else | |
514 n = 0; | |
515 | |
516 return n; | |
517 } | |
518 | |
519 | |
520 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
521 window sizes. | |
522 | |
523 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
524 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
525 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
526 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
527 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
528 | |
529 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
530 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
531 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
532 MATRIX->pool. | |
533 | |
534 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
535 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
536 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
537 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
538 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
539 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
540 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
541 | |
542 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
543 adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int x, int y, struct dim dim) |
25012 | 544 { |
545 int i; | |
546 int new_rows; | |
547 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 548 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
549 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 550 int left = -1, right = -1; |
80274
b818bce5757f
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Initialize window_height.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
551 int window_width = -1, window_height = -1; |
25012 | 552 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
553 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
554 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 555 if (w) |
556 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
557 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
558 |
25546 | 559 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
560 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 561 } |
25546 | 562 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 563 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
564 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
565 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 566 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
567 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
568 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
569 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
570 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
571 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 572 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
573 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
574 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
575 | |
576 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
577 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 578 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
579 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
580 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 581 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
582 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
583 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
584 return; | |
585 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
586 |
25012 | 587 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
588 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
589 { | |
590 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
591 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
592 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
593 memset (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, 0, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
594 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); |
25012 | 595 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; |
596 } | |
597 else | |
598 new_rows = 0; | |
599 | |
600 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
601 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
602 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
603 if (matrix->pool) | |
604 { | |
605 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
606 |
25012 | 607 if (w) |
608 { | |
609 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
610 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 611 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
612 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 613 } |
614 else | |
615 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
616 |
25012 | 617 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
618 { | |
619 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
620 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
621 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 622 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
623 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
624 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
625 |
25012 | 626 if (w == NULL |
627 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 628 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 629 { |
630 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
631 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
632 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
633 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
634 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
635 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
636 } | |
637 else | |
638 { | |
639 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
640 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
641 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
642 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
643 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
644 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
645 } | |
646 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
647 |
25012 | 648 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
649 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
650 } | |
651 else | |
652 { | |
653 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
654 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
655 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 656 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
657 || new_rows | |
25546 | 658 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 659 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
660 { | |
661 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
662 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
663 |
25012 | 664 while (row < end) |
665 { | |
666 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
667 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
668 (dim.width | |
669 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
670 |
25012 | 671 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
672 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 673 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 674 { |
675 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
676 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
677 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
678 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
679 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
680 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
681 } | |
682 else | |
683 { | |
684 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
685 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
686 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
687 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
688 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
689 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
690 } | |
691 ++row; | |
692 } | |
693 } | |
694 | |
695 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
696 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
697 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
698 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
699 |
25012 | 700 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
701 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
702 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 703 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
704 if (w) |
25012 | 705 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
706 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 707 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
708 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
709 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
710 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
711 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
712 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
713 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
714 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
715 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
716 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
717 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
718 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
719 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
720 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
721 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
722 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
723 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
724 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
725 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
726 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
727 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
728 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
729 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
730 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
731 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
732 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
733 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
734 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
735 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
736 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
737 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
738 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
739 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
740 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
741 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
742 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
743 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
744 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
745 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
746 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
747 } |
25012 | 748 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
749 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 750 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
751 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
752 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
753 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
754 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 755 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
756 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
757 } | |
758 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
759 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
760 |
25012 | 761 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
762 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
763 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
764 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
765 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
766 | |
767 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
768 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
769 if (w) | |
770 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
771 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
772 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 773 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
774 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
775 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
776 } | |
777 } | |
778 | |
779 | |
780 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
781 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
782 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
783 below). */ | |
314 | 784 |
785 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
786 reverse_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end) |
314 | 787 { |
25012 | 788 int i, j; |
789 | |
790 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
791 { | |
792 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
793 initialization. */ | |
794 struct glyph_row temp; | |
795 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
796 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
797 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
798 } | |
314 | 799 } |
800 | |
25012 | 801 |
802 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
803 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
804 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
805 row structures are moved around). | |
806 | |
807 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
808 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
809 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
810 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
811 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
812 rotating right. */ | |
813 | |
814 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
815 rotate_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int first, int last, int by) |
314 | 816 { |
25012 | 817 if (by < 0) |
818 { | |
819 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
820 by = -by; | |
821 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
822 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
823 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
824 } | |
825 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 826 { |
25012 | 827 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
828 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
829 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
830 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 831 } |
25012 | 832 } |
833 | |
834 | |
835 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
836 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
837 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
838 | |
839 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
840 increment_matrix_positions (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
841 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 842 { |
843 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
844 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
845 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
846 xassert (start <= end); | |
847 | |
848 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
849 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 850 } |
851 | |
852 | |
853 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
854 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
855 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
856 | |
857 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
858 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int enabled_p) |
25012 | 859 { |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
860 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
861 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
862 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
863 |
25012 | 864 for (; start < end; ++start) |
865 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
866 } | |
867 | |
868 | |
869 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
870 | |
871 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
872 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
873 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
874 enabled_p flag. | |
875 | |
876 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
877 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
878 | |
879 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
880 clear_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 881 { |
882 if (matrix) | |
314 | 883 { |
25012 | 884 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
885 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 886 } |
887 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
888 |
25012 | 889 |
890 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
891 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
892 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
893 | |
894 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
895 shift_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int dy) |
25012 | 896 { |
897 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
898 |
25012 | 899 xassert (start <= end); |
900 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
901 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
902 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
903 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
904 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
905 |
25012 | 906 for (; start < end; ++start) |
907 { | |
908 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
909 |
25012 | 910 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
911 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
912 |
25012 | 913 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
914 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
915 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
916 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 917 } |
918 } | |
919 | |
920 | |
921 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
922 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
923 current matrix. */ | |
924 | |
925 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
926 clear_current_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
25012 | 927 { |
928 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
929 if (f->current_matrix) | |
930 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
931 | |
932 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
933 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
934 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
935 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
936 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
937 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
938 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
939 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
940 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 941 |
942 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
943 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
944 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
945 } | |
946 | |
947 | |
948 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 949 |
21514 | 950 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
951 clear_desired_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
314 | 952 { |
25012 | 953 if (f->desired_matrix) |
954 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
955 |
25012 | 956 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
957 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
958 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
959 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
960 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 961 |
962 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
963 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
964 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
965 } | |
966 | |
967 | |
968 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
969 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
970 | |
971 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
972 clear_window_matrices (struct window *w, int desired_p) |
25012 | 973 { |
974 while (w) | |
314 | 975 { |
25012 | 976 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
977 { | |
978 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
979 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
980 } | |
981 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 982 { |
25012 | 983 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
984 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
985 } | |
986 else | |
987 { | |
988 if (desired_p) | |
989 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
990 else | |
314 | 991 { |
25012 | 992 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
993 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 994 } |
25012 | 995 } |
996 | |
997 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
998 } | |
999 } | |
1000 | |
1001 | |
1002 | |
1003 /*********************************************************************** | |
1004 Glyph Rows | |
1005 | |
1006 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1007 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1008 | |
1009 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1010 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1011 structure members. */ | |
1012 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1013 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1014 |
25012 | 1015 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1016 clear_glyph_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1017 { |
1018 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1019 | |
1020 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1021 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1022 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1023 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1024 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1025 | |
1026 /* Clear. */ | |
1027 *row = null_row; | |
1028 | |
1029 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1030 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1031 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1032 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1033 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1034 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1035 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1036 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1037 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1038 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1039 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1040 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1041 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1042 memset (p[0], 0, (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1043 #endif |
25012 | 1044 } |
1045 | |
1046 | |
1047 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1048 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1049 | |
1050 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1051 blank_row (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, int y) |
25012 | 1052 { |
1053 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1055 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1056 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
25012 | 1058 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1059 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1060 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1061 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1062 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1063 |
25012 | 1064 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1065 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1066 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1067 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1068 |
1069 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1070 } | |
1071 | |
1072 | |
1073 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1074 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1075 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1076 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1077 ends. */ | |
1078 | |
1079 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1080 increment_row_positions (struct glyph_row *row, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1081 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1082 { |
1083 int area, i; | |
1084 | |
1085 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1086 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1087 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1088 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1089 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1090 CHARPOS (row->start.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1091 BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) += delta_bytes; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1092 CHARPOS (row->end.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1093 BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) += delta_bytes; |
25012 | 1094 |
65003
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1095 if (!row->enabled_p) |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1096 return; |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
25012 | 1098 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ |
1099 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1100 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1101 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1102 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1103 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1104 | |
1105 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1106 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1107 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1108 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1109 } | |
1110 | |
1111 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1112 #if 0 |
25012 | 1113 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1114 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1115 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1116 | |
1117 static void | |
1118 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1119 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1120 { | |
1121 int area; | |
1122 | |
1123 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1124 { | |
1125 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1126 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1127 | |
1128 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1129 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1130 | |
1131 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1132 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1133 | |
1134 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1135 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1136 | |
1137 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1138 { | |
1139 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1140 initialization. */ | |
1141 struct glyph temp; | |
1142 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1143 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1144 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1145 ++glyph_a; | |
1146 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1147 } |
1148 } | |
1149 } | |
25012 | 1150 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1151 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1152 |
1153 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1154 | |
1155 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1156 swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b) |
25012 | 1157 { |
1158 int i; | |
1159 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1160 { | |
1161 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1162 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1163 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1164 } | |
1165 } | |
1166 | |
1167 | |
1168 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1169 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1170 | |
111640
8bd4a845ba2a
* src/xfaces.c (lookup_face): Make static.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
111566
diff
changeset
|
1171 static INLINE void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1172 copy_row_except_pointers (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1173 { |
1174 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1175 | |
1176 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1177 memcpy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1178 |
1179 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1180 *to = *from; | |
1181 | |
1182 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1183 memcpy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1184 } |
1185 | |
1186 | |
1187 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1188 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1189 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1190 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1191 | |
1192 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1193 copy_glyph_row_contents (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1194 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1195 { |
1196 int area; | |
1197 | |
1198 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1199 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1200 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1201 | |
1202 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1203 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1204 if (from->used[area]) | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1205 memcpy (to->glyphs[area], from->glyphs[area], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1206 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 1207 |
1208 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1209 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1210 } |
1211 | |
1212 | |
1213 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1214 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1215 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1216 a memory leak. */ | |
1217 | |
1218 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1219 assign_row (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1220 { |
1221 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1222 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1223 } | |
1224 | |
1225 | |
1226 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1227 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1228 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1229 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1230 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1231 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1232 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1233 |
25012 | 1234 static int |
112021 | 1235 glyph_row_slice_p (struct glyph_row *window_row, struct glyph_row *frame_row) |
25012 | 1236 { |
1237 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1238 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1239 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1240 | |
1241 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1242 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1243 } | |
1244 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1245 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1246 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1247 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1248 |
25012 | 1249 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1250 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1251 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1252 | |
1253 static struct glyph_row * | |
112021 | 1254 find_glyph_row_slice (struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, |
1255 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix, int row) | |
25012 | 1256 { |
1257 int i; | |
1258 | |
1259 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1260 | |
1261 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1262 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1263 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1264 break; | |
1265 | |
1266 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1267 } | |
1268 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1269 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1270 |
1271 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1272 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1273 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1274 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1275 | |
1276 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1277 prepare_desired_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1278 { |
1279 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1280 { | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1281 unsigned rp = row->reversed_p; |
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1282 |
25012 | 1283 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1284 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1285 row->reversed_p = rp; |
25012 | 1286 } |
1287 } | |
1288 | |
1289 | |
1290 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1291 | |
112023
ac49e05bfcf2
Remove unused declarations
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
112021
diff
changeset
|
1292 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1293 line_hash_code (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1294 { |
1295 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
25012 | 1297 if (row->enabled_p) |
1298 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1299 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1300 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1302 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1303 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1304 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1305 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1306 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1307 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1308 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1309 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1310 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1311 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1312 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1313 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1314 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1315 } |
1316 | |
1317 return hash; | |
1318 } | |
1319 | |
1320 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1321 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1322 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1323 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1324 | |
1325 static unsigned int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1326 line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int vpos) |
25012 | 1327 { |
1328 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1329 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1330 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1331 int len; | |
1332 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1333 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1334 | |
1335 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1336 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1337 { |
1338 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1339 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1340 --end; |
1341 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1342 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1343 if (end == beg) |
1344 return 0; | |
1345 | |
1346 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1347 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1348 ++beg; | |
1349 } | |
1350 | |
1351 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1352 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1353 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1354 len = end - beg; | |
1355 else | |
1356 { | |
1357 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1358 in LEN. */ | |
1359 len = 0; | |
1360 while (beg < end) | |
1361 { | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1362 GLYPH g; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1363 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1364 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (g, *beg); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1365 |
92387
41d029d73eac
(line_draw_cost): Fix invalid glyph check.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
92276
diff
changeset
|
1366 if (GLYPH_INVALID_P (g) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1367 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1368 len += 1; |
1369 else | |
1370 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1371 |
25012 | 1372 ++beg; |
1373 } | |
1374 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
25012 | 1376 return len; |
1377 } | |
1378 | |
1379 | |
1380 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1381 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1382 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1383 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1384 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1385 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1386 static INLINE int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1387 row_equal_p (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b, int mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1388 { |
1389 if (a == b) | |
1390 return 1; | |
1391 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1392 return 0; | |
1393 else | |
1394 { | |
1395 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1396 int area; | |
1397 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1398 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1399 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1400 |
25012 | 1401 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1402 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1403 { | |
1404 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1405 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
25012 | 1407 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1408 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1409 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
25012 | 1411 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1412 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1413 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1414 |
25012 | 1415 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1416 return 0; | |
1417 } | |
1418 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1419 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1420 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1421 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1422 || a->left_fringe_face_id != b->left_fringe_face_id |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1423 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1424 || a->right_fringe_face_id != b->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
1425 || a->overlay_arrow_bitmap != b->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1426 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1427 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1428 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1429 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
107636
b5cb7368c1bc
Continue work on continuation lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107624
diff
changeset
|
1430 || a->reversed_p != b->reversed_p |
25012 | 1431 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ |
1432 || a->x != b->x | |
1433 /* Different height. */ | |
1434 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1435 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1436 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1437 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1438 return 0; | |
1439 } | |
1440 | |
1441 return 1; | |
1442 } | |
1443 | |
1444 | |
314 | 1445 |
25012 | 1446 /*********************************************************************** |
1447 Glyph Pool | |
1448 | |
1449 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1450 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1451 | |
1452 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1453 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1454 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1455 | |
1456 static struct glyph_pool * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1457 new_glyph_pool (void) |
25012 | 1458 { |
1459 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1460 | |
1461 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1462 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1463 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
25012 | 1465 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1466 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1467 |
25012 | 1468 return result; |
1469 } | |
1470 | |
1471 | |
1472 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1473 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1474 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1475 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1476 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1477 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1478 | |
1479 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1480 free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 1481 { |
1482 if (pool) | |
1483 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1484 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1485 --glyph_pool_count; |
1486 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1487 | |
1488 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1489 xfree (pool); | |
1490 } | |
1491 } | |
1492 | |
1493 | |
1494 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1495 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1496 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1497 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1498 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1499 | |
1500 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1501 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1502 | |
1503 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1504 realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool, struct dim matrix_dim) |
25012 | 1505 { |
1506 int needed; | |
1507 int changed_p; | |
1508 | |
1509 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1510 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1511 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1512 | |
1513 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1514 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1515 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1516 { | |
1517 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1518 | |
1519 if (pool->glyphs) | |
109660
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1520 { |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1521 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1522 memset (pool->glyphs + pool->nglyphs, 0, |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1523 size - pool->nglyphs * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1524 } |
25012 | 1525 else |
1526 { | |
1527 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1528 memset (pool->glyphs, 0, size); |
25012 | 1529 } |
1530 | |
1531 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1532 } | |
1533 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1534 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1535 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1536 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1537 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1538 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1539 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1540 |
25012 | 1541 return changed_p; |
1542 } | |
1543 | |
1544 | |
1545 | |
1546 /*********************************************************************** | |
1547 Debug Code | |
1548 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1549 | |
1550 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1551 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1552 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1553 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1554 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1555 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1556 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1558 void |
112021 | 1559 flush_stdout (void) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1560 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1561 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1562 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
25012 | 1565 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1566 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1567 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1568 MATRIX. */ | |
1569 | |
1570 void | |
112021 | 1571 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 1572 { |
1573 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
25012 | 1575 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1576 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1577 xassert (i == j | |
1578 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1579 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1580 } | |
1581 | |
1582 | |
1583 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1584 | |
1585 struct glyph_row * | |
112021 | 1586 matrix_row (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int row) |
25012 | 1587 { |
1588 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1589 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1590 | |
1591 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1592 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1593 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1594 #if 0 |
25012 | 1595 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1596 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1597 |
25012 | 1598 return matrix->rows + row; |
1599 } | |
1600 | |
1601 | |
1602 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1603 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1604 nevertheless. */ | |
1605 | |
1606 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1607 window W. */ | |
1608 | |
1609 static void | |
112021 | 1610 check_matrix_invariants (struct window *w) |
314 | 1611 { |
25012 | 1612 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1613 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1614 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1615 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1616 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1617 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1618 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1619 |
25012 | 1620 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1621 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1622 return; | |
1623 | |
1624 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1625 | |
1626 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1627 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1628 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1629 { | |
1630 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1631 | |
1632 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1633 last_text_row = row; | |
1634 | |
1635 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1636 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1637 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1638 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1639 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->start.pos))); |
25012 | 1640 |
1641 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1642 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1643 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1644 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1645 { |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1646 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1647 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1648 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1649 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->end.pos))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1650 } |
25012 | 1651 |
1652 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1653 of next row. */ | |
1654 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1655 { | |
1656 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1657 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1658 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1659 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1660 xassert (CHARPOS (row->end.pos) == CHARPOS (next->start.pos)); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1661 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) == BYTEPOS (next->start.pos)); |
25012 | 1662 } |
1663 row = next; | |
1664 } | |
1665 | |
1666 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1667 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1668 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1669 } | |
1670 | |
1671 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1672 | |
1673 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1674 | |
1675 | |
1676 | |
1677 /********************************************************************** | |
1678 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1679 **********************************************************************/ | |
1680 | |
1681 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1682 redisplay | |
1683 | |
1684 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1685 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1686 allocated. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero means that the caller of this |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1687 function is only interested in the result matrix dimension, and |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1688 matrix adjustments should not be performed. |
25012 | 1689 |
1690 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1691 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1692 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1693 | |
1694 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1695 | |
1696 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1697 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1698 | |
1699 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1700 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1701 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1702 |
1703 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1704 function. | |
1705 | |
1706 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1707 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1708 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1709 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1710 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1711 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1712 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1713 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1714 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1715 | |
1716 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1717 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1718 necessary. | |
1719 | |
1720 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1721 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1722 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1723 windows in the sequence. | |
1724 | |
1725 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1726 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1727 | | | | | | |
1728 | | | | | |
1729 +---------+ | | result height | |
1730 | +---------+ | |
1731 | | | | |
1732 +----------+ --- | |
1733 | |
1734 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1735 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1736 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1737 | |
1738 |<---- result width -->| | |
1739 +---------+ --- | |
1740 | | | | |
1741 | | | | |
1742 +---------+--+ | | |
1743 | | | | |
1744 | | result height | |
1745 | | | |
1746 +------------+---------+ | | |
1747 | | | | |
1748 | | | | |
1749 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1750 | |
1751 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1752 allocated. */ | |
1753 | |
1754 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1755 | |
1756 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1757 size. */ | |
1758 | |
1759 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1760 | |
1761 static struct dim | |
109360
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
1762 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (Lisp_Object window, int x, int y, |
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
1763 int dim_only_p, int *window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1764 { |
1765 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1766 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1767 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1768 struct dim total; | |
1769 struct dim dim; | |
1770 struct window *w; | |
1771 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1772 | |
1773 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1774 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1775 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1776 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1777 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1778 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1779 in_horz_combination_p | |
1780 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1781 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1782 | |
1783 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1784 do |
25012 | 1785 { |
1786 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1787 | |
1788 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1789 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1790 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1791 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1792 dim_only_p, |
1793 window_change_flags); | |
1794 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1795 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1796 dim_only_p, |
1797 window_change_flags); | |
1798 else | |
1799 { | |
1800 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1801 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1802 { | |
1803 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1804 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1805 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1806 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1807 |
25012 | 1808 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1809 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1810 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1811 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1812 |
1813 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1814 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1815 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1816 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1817 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1818 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1819 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1820 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1821 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1822 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1823 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1824 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1825 | |
1826 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1827 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1828 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1829 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1830 necessary. */ | |
1831 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1832 { | |
1833 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1834 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1835 } | |
1836 } | |
1837 | |
1838 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1839 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1840 below W. */ | |
1841 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1842 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1843 else |
25012 | 1844 y += dim.height; |
1845 | |
1846 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1847 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1848 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1849 | |
1850 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1851 window = w->next; | |
1852 } | |
1853 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1854 | |
1855 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1856 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1857 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1858 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1859 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1860 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1861 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1862 { | |
1863 total.width = x - x0; | |
1864 total.height = hmax; | |
1865 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1866 else |
25012 | 1867 { |
1868 total.width = wmax; | |
1869 total.height = y - y0; | |
1870 } | |
1871 | |
1872 return total; | |
1873 } | |
1874 | |
1875 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1876 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1877 |
112023
ac49e05bfcf2
Remove unused declarations
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
112021
diff
changeset
|
1878 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1879 required_matrix_height (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1880 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1881 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1882 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1883 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1884 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1885 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1886 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
85252 | 1887 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + eabs (w->vscroll); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1888 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1889 / ch_height) * w->nrows_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1890 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1891 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1892 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1893 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1894 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1895 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1896 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1898 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1899 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1902 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1903 |
112023
ac49e05bfcf2
Remove unused declarations
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
112021
diff
changeset
|
1904 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1905 required_matrix_width (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1906 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1907 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1908 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1909 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1910 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1911 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1912 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1913 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1914 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1915 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1916 / ch_width) * w->ncols_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1917 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1918 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1919 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1920 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1921 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1922 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1923 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1924 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1925 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1926 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1927 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1928 |
25012 | 1929 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1930 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
25012 | 1932 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1933 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *w) |
25012 | 1934 { |
1935 while (w) | |
314 | 1936 { |
25012 | 1937 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1938 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 1939 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1940 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 1941 else |
314 | 1942 { |
25012 | 1943 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
1944 struct dim dim; | |
1945 | |
1946 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1947 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 1948 { |
25012 | 1949 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
1950 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 1951 } |
25012 | 1952 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1953 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1954 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1955 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
1956 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1957 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1958 |
25012 | 1959 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
1960 } | |
1961 } | |
1962 | |
1963 | |
1964 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
1965 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
1966 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
1967 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
1968 | |
1969 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1970 adjust_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 1971 { |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1972 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1973 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1974 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1975 |
25012 | 1976 if (f) |
1977 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
1978 else | |
1979 { | |
1980 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1981 |
25012 | 1982 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
1983 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
1984 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1986 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 1987 } |
1988 | |
1989 | |
1990 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1992 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
25012 | 1994 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
1995 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
1996 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
1997 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
1998 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
1999 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2000 | |
2001 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2002 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void) |
25012 | 2003 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2004 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2005 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2006 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2007 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2008 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2009 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2010 |
2011 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2012 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2013 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2014 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2015 |
2016 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2017 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2018 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2019 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2020 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2021 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2022 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2023 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
25012 | 2025 |
2026 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2027 | |
2028 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2029 adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2030 { |
2031 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2032 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2033 else | |
2034 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2035 |
25012 | 2036 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2037 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2038 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2039 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2040 | |
2041 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2042 } | |
2043 | |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2044 /* Return 1 if any window in the tree has nonzero window margins. See |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2045 the hack at the end of adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay. */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2046 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2047 showing_window_margins_p (struct window *w) |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2048 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2049 while (w) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2050 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2051 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2052 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2053 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->hchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2054 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2055 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2056 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2057 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2058 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->vchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2059 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2060 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2061 else if (!NILP (w->left_margin_cols) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2062 || !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2063 return 1; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2065 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2066 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2067 return 0; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2068 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2069 |
25012 | 2070 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2071 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2072 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2073 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2074 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2075 fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object window) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2076 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2077 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2079 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2080 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2081 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2083 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2084 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2085 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2086 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2087 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2088 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2089 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2090 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2091 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2092 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2094 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2095 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2097 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2098 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2099 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2100 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2101 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2102 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2103 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2104 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2105 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2106 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2107 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2108 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2109 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2110 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2111 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2112 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2113 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2114 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2115 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2116 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2117 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2118 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2120 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2121 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2122 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2124 static struct glyph_matrix * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2125 save_current_matrix (struct frame *f) |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2126 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2127 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2128 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2129 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2130 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2131 memset (saved, 0, sizeof *saved); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2132 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2133 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2134 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2135 memset (saved->rows, 0, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2137 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2138 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2139 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2140 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2141 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2142 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2143 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2144 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2145 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2146 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2147 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2148 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2151 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2152 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2154 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2155 restore_current_matrix (struct frame *f, struct glyph_matrix *saved) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2157 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2159 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2160 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2163 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2164 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2165 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2166 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2167 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2169 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2170 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2171 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
25012 | 2175 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2176 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2177 | |
2178 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2179 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2180 { |
2181 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2182 int pool_changed_p; | |
2183 int window_change_flags; | |
2184 int top_window_y; | |
2185 | |
2186 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2187 return; | |
2188 | |
2189 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2190 | |
2191 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2192 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2193 { | |
2194 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2195 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2196 } | |
2197 | |
2198 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2199 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2200 { | |
2201 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2202 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2203 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
25012 | 2205 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2206 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2207 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2208 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2209 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2210 matrix. */ | |
2211 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2212 matrix_dim | |
2213 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2214 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2215 1, |
25012 | 2216 &window_change_flags); |
2217 | |
2218 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2219 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2220 | |
2221 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2222 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2223 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2224 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2225 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2226 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2227 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2228 { | |
2229 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2230 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2231 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2232 &window_change_flags); |
2233 | |
2234 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2235 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2236 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2237 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2238 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2240 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2241 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2242 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2243 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2244 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2245 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2246 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2247 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2248 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2249 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2250 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2251 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2252 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2253 /* For some reason, the frame glyph matrix gets corrupted if |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2254 any of the windows contain margins. I haven't been able |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2255 to hunt down the reason, but for the moment this prevents |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2256 the problem from manifesting. -- cyd */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2257 && !showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2258 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2259 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2260 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2261 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2262 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2263 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2264 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2265 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2266 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2267 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2268 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2269 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2270 } |
25012 | 2271 } |
2272 } | |
2273 | |
2274 | |
2275 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2276 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2277 | |
2278 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2279 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2280 { |
2281 struct window *w; | |
2282 | |
2283 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
25012 | 2285 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2286 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2287 |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
2288 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
25012 | 2289 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display |
2290 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2291 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2292 { |
2293 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2294 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2295 { | |
2296 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2297 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2298 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2299 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2300 } | |
2301 else | |
2302 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2303 | |
2304 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2305 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2306 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2307 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2308 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2309 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2310 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2311 } |
73402
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2312 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */ |
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2313 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
25012 | 2314 |
49322 | 2315 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2316 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2317 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2318 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2319 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2320 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2321 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2322 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2323 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2324 } | |
2325 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2326 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2327 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2328 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2329 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2330 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2331 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2332 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2333 #endif |
25012 | 2334 } |
2335 | |
2336 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2337 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2338 |
2339 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2340 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2341 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2342 | |
2343 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2344 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2345 | |
2346 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2347 adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2348 { |
2349 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2350 | |
2351 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2352 { | |
2353 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2354 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2355 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2356 } | |
2357 else | |
2358 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2359 } | |
2360 | |
2361 | |
2362 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2363 | |
2364 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2365 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2366 { |
2367 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2368 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2369 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2370 } | |
2371 | |
2372 | |
2373 | |
2374 /********************************************************************** | |
2375 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2376 **********************************************************************/ | |
2377 | |
2378 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2379 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2380 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2381 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2382 | |
2383 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2384 free_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2385 { |
2386 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2387 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2388 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2389 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2390 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2391 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2392 |
25012 | 2393 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2394 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2395 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2396 | |
2397 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2398 glyph matrices. */ | |
2399 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2400 { | |
2401 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2402 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2403 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2404 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2405 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2406 } | |
2407 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2408 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2409 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2410 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2411 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2412 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2413 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2414 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2415 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2416 } |
2417 | |
2418 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2419 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2420 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2421 { | |
2422 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2423 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2424 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2425 } | |
2426 | |
2427 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2428 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2429 { | |
2430 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2431 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2432 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2433 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2434 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2435 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2436 } |
2437 } | |
2438 | |
25012 | 2439 |
2440 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2441 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2442 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2443 | |
2444 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2445 free_window_matrices (struct window *w) |
25012 | 2446 { |
2447 while (w) | |
2448 { | |
2449 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2450 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2451 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2452 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2453 else |
25012 | 2454 { |
2455 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2456 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2457 W. */ | |
2458 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2459 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2460 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2461 } | |
2462 | |
2463 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2464 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2465 } | |
2466 } | |
2467 | |
2468 | |
2469 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2470 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2471 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2472 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2473 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2474 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2475 check_glyph_memory (void) |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2476 { |
25012 | 2477 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2478 | |
2479 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2480 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2481 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2482 | |
2483 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2484 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2485 abort (); | |
2486 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2487 abort (); | |
2488 } | |
2489 | |
2490 | |
2491 | |
2492 /********************************************************************** | |
2493 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2494 **********************************************************************/ | |
2495 | |
2496 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2497 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2498 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2499 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2500 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2501 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2502 window matrices in this section. | |
2503 | |
2504 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2505 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2506 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2507 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2508 | |
2509 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2510 | desired | desired | | |
2511 | | | | |
2512 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2513 | current | | |
2514 | | | |
2515 +----------------------------------+ | |
2516 | |
2517 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2518 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2519 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2520 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2521 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2522 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2523 | |
2524 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2525 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2526 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2527 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2528 |
25012 | 2529 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2530 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2531 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2532 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2533 | |
2534 This problem is solved like this: | |
2535 | |
2536 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2537 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2538 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2539 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2540 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
25012 | 2542 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2543 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2544 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2545 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2546 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2547 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2548 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2549 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2550 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2551 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2552 | |
2553 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2554 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2555 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2556 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2557 | |
2558 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2559 build_frame_matrix (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2560 { |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2561 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
25012 | 2563 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2564 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
25012 | 2566 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2567 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2568 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2569 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2570 | |
2571 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2572 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2573 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2574 } | |
2575 | |
2576 | |
2577 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2578 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2579 | |
2580 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2581 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, struct window *w) |
25012 | 2582 { |
2583 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2584 { |
25012 | 2585 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2586 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2587 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2588 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2589 else | |
2590 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2591 | |
2592 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2593 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2594 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2595 |
25012 | 2596 |
2597 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2598 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2599 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2600 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2601 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2602 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2603 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2604 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2605 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2606 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2607 | |
2608 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2609 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix, struct window *w) |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2610 { |
25012 | 2611 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2612 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2613 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2614 GLYPH right_border_glyph; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2616 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, 0); |
25012 | 2617 |
2618 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2619 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2620 { | |
2621 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2622 | |
2623 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2624 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2625 { | |
2626 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2627 Lisp_Object gc; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2629 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, '|'); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2630 if (dp |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2631 && (gc = DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2632 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2633 { |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2634 SET_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH_CODE (right_border_glyph, gc); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2635 spec_glyph_lookup_face (w, &right_border_glyph); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2636 } |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2637 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2638 if (GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph) <= 0) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2639 SET_GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
25012 | 2640 } |
2641 } | |
2642 else | |
2643 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2644 | |
2645 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2646 frame matrix. */ | |
2647 window_y = 0; | |
2648 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2649 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2650 { |
25012 | 2651 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2652 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2653 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2654 |
2655 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2656 window row. */ | |
2657 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2658 | |
2659 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2660 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2661 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2662 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2663 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2664 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2665 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2666 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2667 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2668 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2669 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2670 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2671 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2672 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2673 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2674 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2675 memcpy (frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2676 window_row->glyphs[0], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2677 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 2678 } |
2679 else | |
2680 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2681 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2682 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2683 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2684 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2685 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2686 |
25012 | 2687 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2688 windows. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2689 if (GLYPH_CHAR (right_border_glyph) != 0) |
25012 | 2690 { |
2691 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2692 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2693 } | |
2694 | |
59902
4a0a167cb6c4
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59879
diff
changeset
|
2695 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2696 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2697 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2698 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2699 |
25012 | 2700 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2701 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2702 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2703 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2704 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2705 #endif |
25012 | 2706 } |
2707 | |
2708 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2709 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2710 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2711 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2712 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2713 | |
2714 /* Next row. */ | |
2715 ++window_y; | |
2716 ++frame_y; | |
2717 } | |
2718 } | |
2719 | |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2720 /* Given a user-specified glyph, possibly including a Lisp-level face |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2721 ID, return a glyph that has a realized face ID. |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2722 This is used for glyphs displayed specially and not part of the text; |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2723 for instance, vertical separators, truncation markers, etc. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2724 |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2725 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2726 spec_glyph_lookup_face (struct window *w, GLYPH *glyph) |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2727 { |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2728 int lface_id = GLYPH_FACE (*glyph); |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2729 /* Convert the glyph's specified face to a realized (cache) face. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2730 if (lface_id > 0) |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2731 { |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2732 int face_id = merge_faces (XFRAME (w->frame), |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2733 Qt, lface_id, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2734 SET_GLYPH_FACE (*glyph, face_id); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2735 } |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2736 } |
25012 | 2737 |
2738 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2739 | |
2740 Each row has the form: | |
2741 | |
2742 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2743 | left | text | right | | |
2744 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2745 | |
2746 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2747 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2748 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2749 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2750 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2751 | |
2752 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2753 | |
2754 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2755 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 2756 { |
2757 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2758 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2759 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2760 } | |
2761 | |
2762 | |
2763 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2764 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2765 | |
2766 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2767 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int area) |
25012 | 2768 { |
2769 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2770 { | |
2771 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2772 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2773 | |
2774 while (text < end) | |
2775 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2776 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2777 } | |
2778 } | |
2779 | |
2780 | |
2781 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2782 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2783 | |
2784 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2785 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int upto) |
25012 | 2786 { |
2787 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2788 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2789 |
25012 | 2790 while (i < upto) |
2791 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2792 | |
2793 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2794 } | |
2795 | |
2796 | |
2797 | |
2798 /********************************************************************** | |
2799 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2800 **********************************************************************/ | |
2801 | |
2802 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2803 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2804 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2805 | |
2806 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2807 set_frame_matrix_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2808 { |
2809 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2810 } | |
2811 | |
2812 | |
2813 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2814 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2815 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2816 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2817 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2818 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2819 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2820 | |
2821 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2822 make_current (struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix, int row) |
25012 | 2823 { |
2824 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2825 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2826 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2827 |
2828 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2829 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2830 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2831 | |
2832 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2833 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2834 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2835 |
2836 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2837 for window matrices. */ | |
2838 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2839 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2840 } | |
2841 | |
2842 | |
2843 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2844 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2845 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2846 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2847 | |
2848 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2849 mirror_make_current (struct window *w, int frame_row) |
25012 | 2850 { |
2851 while (w) | |
2852 { | |
2853 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2854 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2855 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2856 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2857 else | |
2858 { | |
2859 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2860 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2861 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2862 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2863 | |
2864 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2865 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2866 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2867 { |
25012 | 2868 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2869 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2870 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2871 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2872 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2873 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2874 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2875 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2876 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2877 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
111339
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2878 |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2879 /* Set the Y coordinate of the mode/header line's row. |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2880 It is needed in draw_row_with_mouse_face to find the |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2881 screen coordinates. (Window-based redisplay sets |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2882 this in update_window, but no one seems to do that |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2883 for frame-based redisplay.) */ |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2884 if (current_row->mode_line_p) |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2885 current_row->y = row; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2886 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2887 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2888 |
25012 | 2889 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2890 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2891 } |
25012 | 2892 |
2893 | |
2894 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2895 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2896 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2897 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2898 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2899 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2900 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2901 | |
2902 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2903 |
25012 | 2904 void |
109360
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
2905 mirrored_line_dance (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int unchanged_at_top, int nlines, |
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
2906 int *copy_from, char *retained_p) |
25012 | 2907 { |
2908 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2909 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2910 | |
2911 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2912 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2913 |
25012 | 2914 int i; |
2915 | |
2916 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2917 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2918 memcpy (old_rows, new_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 2919 |
2920 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2921 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2922 { | |
2923 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2924 | |
2925 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2926 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2927 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2928 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2929 | |
2930 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2931 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2932 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2933 } | |
2934 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2935 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 2936 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
2937 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2938 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2939 } | |
2940 | |
2941 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2942 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2943 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2944 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2945 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2946 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (struct window *w) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2947 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2948 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2949 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
2950 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2951 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2952 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2953 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2954 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2955 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2956 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2957 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2958 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2959 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2960 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2961 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2962 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2963 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2964 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2965 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2966 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2967 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2968 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2969 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2970 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2971 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2972 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2973 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2974 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2975 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2976 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2979 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2980 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2982 struct window * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2983 frame_row_to_window (struct window *w, int row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2984 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2985 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2986 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2987 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2988 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2989 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2990 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2991 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2992 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2993 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2994 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2995 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2996 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3001 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 |
25012 | 3004 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3005 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3006 | |
3007 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3008 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3009 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3010 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3011 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3012 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3013 which is empty. */ | |
3014 | |
3015 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3016 mirror_line_dance (struct window *w, int unchanged_at_top, int nlines, int *copy_from, char *retained_p) |
25012 | 3017 { |
3018 while (w) | |
3019 { | |
3020 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3021 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3022 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3023 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3024 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3025 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3026 else | |
3027 { | |
3028 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3029 matrix m. */ | |
3030 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3032 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3033 | |
3034 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3035 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
3036 memcpy (old_rows, m->rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 3037 |
3038 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3039 { | |
3040 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3041 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3042 |
25012 | 3043 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3044 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3045 |
25012 | 3046 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3047 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
25012 | 3049 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3050 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3051 |
25012 | 3052 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3053 int from_inside_window_p | |
3054 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3055 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3059 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3061 { |
3062 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3063 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3064 |
25012 | 3065 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3066 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3067 that. */ | |
3068 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3069 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3070 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3071 |
25012 | 3072 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3073 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3074 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3075 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3076 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3077 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3078 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3079 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3080 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3081 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3082 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3083 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3084 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3085 |
60684
18bf961ed63a
(mirror_line_dance): Set W2 according to FRAME_FROM.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59905
diff
changeset
|
3086 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_from); |
61416
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3087 /* ttn@surf.glug.org: when enabling menu bar using `emacs |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3088 -nw', FROM_FRAME sometimes has no associated window. |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3089 This check avoids a segfault if W2 is null. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3090 if (w2) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3091 { |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3092 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3093 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3094 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3095 m2->rows + m2_from); |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3096 |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3097 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3098 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3099 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3100 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3101 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3102 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3103 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3104 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3105 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3106 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3107 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3108 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3109 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3110 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3111 |
25012 | 3112 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3113 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3114 } | |
3115 | |
3116 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3117 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3118 } | |
3119 } | |
3120 | |
3121 | |
3122 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3123 | |
3124 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3125 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3126 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3127 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3128 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3129 |
21514 | 3130 void |
112021 | 3131 check_window_matrix_pointers (struct window *w) |
314 | 3132 { |
25012 | 3133 while (w) |
3134 { | |
3135 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3136 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3137 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3138 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3139 else | |
3140 { | |
3141 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3142 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3143 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3144 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3145 |
25012 | 3146 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3147 } | |
3148 } | |
3149 | |
3150 | |
3151 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3152 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3153 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3154 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3155 | |
3156 static void | |
112021 | 3157 check_matrix_pointers (struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, |
3158 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix) | |
25012 | 3159 { |
3160 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3161 int i = 0; | |
3162 | |
3163 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3164 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3165 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3166 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3167 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3168 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3169 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3170 { | |
3171 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3172 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3173 abort (); | |
3174 ++i, ++j; | |
3175 } | |
3176 } | |
3177 | |
3178 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3179 | |
3180 | |
3181 | |
3182 /********************************************************************** | |
3183 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3184 **********************************************************************/ | |
3185 | |
3186 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3187 | |
3188 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3189 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3190 | |
3191 static int | |
112021 | 3192 window_to_frame_vpos (struct window *w, int vpos) |
25012 | 3193 { |
3194 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3195 |
25012 | 3196 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3197 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3198 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3199 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3200 return vpos; |
3201 } | |
3202 | |
3203 | |
3204 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3205 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3206 |
3207 static int | |
112021 | 3208 window_to_frame_hpos (struct window *w, int hpos) |
25012 | 3209 { |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3210 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3211 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3212 return hpos; |
314 | 3213 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3214 |
25012 | 3215 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3216 | |
3217 | |
314 | 3218 |
25012 | 3219 /********************************************************************** |
3220 Redrawing Frames | |
3221 **********************************************************************/ | |
3222 | |
3223 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3224 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3225 (Lisp_Object frame) |
25012 | 3226 { |
3227 struct frame *f; | |
3228 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3229 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3230 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3231 | |
3232 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3233 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3234 called so early here). */ | |
3235 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3236 return Qnil; | |
3237 | |
3238 update_begin (f); | |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3239 #ifdef MSDOS |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3240 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
97646
fab72f02d115
(init_display): Remove MS-DOS specific conditions for calling
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97142
diff
changeset
|
3241 FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_terminal_modes_hook (FRAME_TERMINAL (f)); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3242 #endif |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
3243 clear_frame (f); |
25012 | 3244 clear_current_matrices (f); |
3245 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3246 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3247 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
25012 | 3248 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3249 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3250 its redisplay done. */ | |
3251 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3252 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3253 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3254 return Qnil; | |
3255 } | |
3256 | |
3257 | |
3258 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3259 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3260 | |
3261 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3262 redraw_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 3263 { |
3264 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3265 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3266 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3267 } | |
3268 | |
3269 | |
3270 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3271 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3272 (void) |
25012 | 3273 { |
3274 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3275 | |
3276 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3277 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3278 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3279 | |
3280 return Qnil; | |
3281 } | |
3282 | |
3283 | |
3284 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3285 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3286 | |
3287 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3288 redraw_garbaged_frames (void) |
25012 | 3289 { |
3290 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3291 | |
3292 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3293 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3294 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3295 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3296 } | |
3297 | |
3298 | |
3299 | |
3300 /*********************************************************************** | |
3301 Frame Update | |
3302 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3303 | |
3304 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3305 | |
3306 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3307 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3308 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3309 |
25012 | 3310 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3311 |
3312 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3313 update_frame (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
25012 | 3314 { |
3315 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3316 int paused_p; | |
3317 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3318 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3319 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3320 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3321 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3322 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3323 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3324 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3325 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3326 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3327 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3328 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3329 |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3330 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3331 { |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3332 paused_p = 1; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3333 goto do_pause; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3334 } |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3335 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3336 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3337 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3338 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3339 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3340 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3341 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3342 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3343 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3344 |
25012 | 3345 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3346 { | |
3347 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3348 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3349 | |
3350 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3351 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3352 | |
3353 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3354 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3355 update_begin (f); | |
3356 | |
3357 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3358 support. */ | |
3359 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3360 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3361 | |
3362 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3363 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3364 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3365 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3366 |
3367 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3368 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3369 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3370 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3371 |
25012 | 3372 update_window (w, 1); |
3373 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3374 | |
3375 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3376 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3377 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3378 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3379 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3380 } |
3381 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3382 |
25012 | 3383 |
3384 /* Update windows. */ | |
3385 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3386 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3387 |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3388 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
83037 | 3389 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway (in general). |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3390 It is necessary when resizing the window with the mouse, or |
83037 | 3391 at least the fringes are not redrawn in a timely manner. ++kfs */ |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3392 if (f->force_flush_display_p) |
83037 | 3393 { |
3394 FRAME_RIF (f)->flush_display (f); | |
3395 f->force_flush_display_p = 0; | |
3396 } | |
25012 | 3397 } |
3398 else | |
3399 { | |
3400 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3401 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3402 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3403 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3404 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3405 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3406 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3407 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3408 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3409 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3410 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3411 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3412 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3413 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3414 if (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript) |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3415 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript); |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3416 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3417 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3418 } |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3419 |
25012 | 3420 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3421 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3422 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3423 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3424 #endif |
25012 | 3425 } |
3426 | |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
3427 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3428 do_pause: |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
3429 #endif |
25012 | 3430 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ |
3431 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3432 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3433 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3434 return paused_p; |
3435 } | |
3436 | |
3437 | |
3438 | |
3439 /************************************************************************ | |
3440 Window-based updates | |
3441 ************************************************************************/ | |
3442 | |
3443 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3444 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3445 | |
3446 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3447 update_window_tree (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3448 { |
3449 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3450 |
25012 | 3451 while (w && !paused_p) |
3452 { | |
3453 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3454 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3455 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3456 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3457 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3458 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3459 | |
3460 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3461 } | |
3462 | |
3463 return paused_p; | |
3464 } | |
3465 | |
3466 | |
3467 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3468 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3469 | |
3470 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3471 update_single_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3472 { |
3473 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3474 { | |
3475 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3476 | |
3477 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3478 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3479 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3480 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3481 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3482 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3483 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3484 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3485 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3486 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3487 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3488 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3489 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3490 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3491 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3492 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3493 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3494 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3495 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3496 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3497 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3498 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3499 |
25012 | 3500 /* Update W. */ |
3501 update_begin (f); | |
3502 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3503 update_end (f); | |
3504 | |
3505 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3506 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3507 } | |
3508 } | |
3509 | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3510 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
25012 | 3511 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3512 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3513 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3514 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3515 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3516 redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3517 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3518 int i; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3519 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3520 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3521 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3522 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3523 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3524 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3525 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3526 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3527 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3528 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3530 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3531 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3532 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3533 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3534 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3535 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3536 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3537 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3539 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3540 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3541 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3542 updated_area = area; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3543 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3544 area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3545 if (row->used[area]) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3546 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3547 row->used[area]); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3548 FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3549 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3550 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3551 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3552 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3553 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3554 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3555 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3556 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3557 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3558 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3559 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3560 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3561 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3562 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3563 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3564 redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3565 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3566 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3567 struct glyph_row *row; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3568 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3569 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3570 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3571 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3572 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3574 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3575 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3576 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3577 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3579 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3580 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3581 if (row->overlapping_p) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3582 { |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3583 int overlaps = 0; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3584 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3585 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row) && i > 0 |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3586 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3587 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_PRED; |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3588 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row) && bottom_y < yb |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3589 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3590 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_SUCC; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3591 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3592 if (overlaps) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3593 { |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3594 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3595 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3597 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3598 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3599 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3600 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3601 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3602 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3603 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3604 their display. */ |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3605 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_PRED) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3606 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3607 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_SUCC) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3608 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3609 } |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3610 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3612 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3613 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3614 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3615 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3616 |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3617 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3618 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3620 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3621 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3622 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3623 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3624 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3625 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3626 check_current_matrix_flags (struct window *w) |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3627 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3628 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3629 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3630 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3631 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3632 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3633 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3634 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3635 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3636 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3637 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3638 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3639 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3640 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3641 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3642 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3643 |
25012 | 3644 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3645 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3646 | |
3647 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3648 update_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3649 { |
3650 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
3651 int paused_p; | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3652 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
25012 | 3653 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3654 #endif |
83241
3dcba0bc766b
Merged in changes from CVS trunk. (Long time no see!) :-)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
diff
changeset
|
3655 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3656 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 3657 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3658 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)))); |
59879
aaf00c303308
* dispnew.c (update_window): Fixing compile error due to
Steven Tamm <steventamm@mac.com>
parents:
59592
diff
changeset
|
3659 #endif |
25012 | 3660 |
3661 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3662 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3663 if (!force_p) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3664 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3665 #endif |
25012 | 3666 |
3667 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
3668 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3669 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 3670 { |
3671 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
3672 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3673 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3674 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 3675 |
3676 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3677 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3678 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3679 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3680 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 3681 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
3682 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3683 |
25012 | 3684 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3685 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3686 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3687 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3688 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3689 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3690 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 3691 |
3692 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3693 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3694 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3695 { | |
3696 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3697 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3698 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3699 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3700 } |
3701 | |
3702 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3703 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3704 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3705 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3706 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 3709 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3710 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3711 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3712 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3713 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3714 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3715 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3716 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3717 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3718 else if (rc > 0) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3719 { |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3720 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3721 force_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3722 changed_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3723 } |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3724 } |
25012 | 3725 |
3726 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3727 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
3728 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3729 { |
3730 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3731 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3732 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3733 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 3734 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
3735 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3736 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3737 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3738 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3739 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3740 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3741 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3742 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3743 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3744 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3745 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3746 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3747 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3748 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3749 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3750 #else |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3751 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3752 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3753 #endif |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3754 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3755 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3756 |
3757 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3758 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3759 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3760 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3761 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3762 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3763 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3764 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3765 in the first redisplay. */ | |
3766 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3767 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3768 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3769 } | |
3770 | |
3771 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3772 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3773 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3774 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3775 |
54176
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3776 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3777 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3778 that can be scrolled. */ |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3779 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3780 { |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3781 header_line_row->y = 0; |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3782 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3783 } |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3784 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3785 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 3786 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3787 { | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3788 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3789 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3790 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3791 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3792 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3793 } |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3794 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3795 |
25012 | 3796 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
3797 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3798 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3799 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3800 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 3801 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
3802 #endif | |
3803 } | |
3804 | |
3805 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3806 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3807 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3808 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3809 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3810 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3811 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3812 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3813 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3814 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3815 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3816 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3817 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3818 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3819 } |
3820 else | |
3821 paused_p = 1; | |
3822 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3823 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
3824 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3825 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3826 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3827 |
25012 | 3828 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3829 |
25012 | 3830 return paused_p; |
3831 } | |
3832 | |
3833 | |
3834 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
3835 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
3836 | |
3837 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3838 update_marginal_area (struct window *w, int area, int vpos) |
25012 | 3839 { |
3840 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3841 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 3842 |
3843 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3844 will be relative to. */ | |
3845 updated_area = area; | |
3846 | |
3847 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
3848 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
3849 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
3850 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
3851 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
3852 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
3853 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
3854 } | |
3855 | |
3856 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3857 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3858 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3859 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3860 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3861 update_text_area (struct window *w, int vpos) |
314 | 3862 { |
25012 | 3863 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
3864 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3865 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3866 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 3867 |
3868 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3869 will be relative to. */ | |
3870 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3871 |
25012 | 3872 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
3873 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
3874 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
3875 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
3876 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3877 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3878 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 3879 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3880 || current_row->overlapped_p |
75371
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3881 /* This next line is necessary for correctly redrawing |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3882 mouse-face areas after scrolling and other operations. |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3883 However, it causes excessive flickering when mouse is moved |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3884 across the mode line. Luckily, turning it off for the mode |
76069
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3885 line doesn't seem to hurt anything. -- cyd. |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3886 But it is still needed for the header line. -- kfs. */ |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3887 || (current_row->mouse_face_p |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3888 && !(current_row->mode_line_p && vpos > 0)) |
25012 | 3889 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
3890 { | |
3891 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3892 |
25012 | 3893 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3894 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
3895 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3896 |
25012 | 3897 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
3898 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3899 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3900 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3901 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3902 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3903 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3904 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3905 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3906 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3907 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3908 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3909 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 3910 } |
3911 else | |
3912 { | |
3913 int stop, i, x; | |
3914 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3915 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3916 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3917 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3918 int abort_skipping = 0; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3919 |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3920 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, and |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3921 unless the current row also does so at the same position, |
25012 | 3922 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face |
3923 extension actually takes place. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3924 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3925 && (desired_stop_pos < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3926 || (desired_stop_pos == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3927 && !MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)))) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3928 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3929 |
25012 | 3930 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
3931 i = 0; | |
3932 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3933 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3934 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3935 in common. */ |
25012 | 3936 while (i < stop) |
3937 { | |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3938 int can_skip_p = !abort_skipping; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3939 |
25012 | 3940 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3941 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3942 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3943 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3944 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3945 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3946 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3947 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3948 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 3949 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3950 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3951 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3952 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3953 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3954 &left, &right); |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3955 can_skip_p = (right == 0 && !abort_skipping); |
25012 | 3956 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3957 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3958 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 3959 { |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3960 int start_hpos = i; |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3961 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3962 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3963 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3964 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3965 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3966 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3967 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3968 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3969 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3970 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3971 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3972 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3973 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3974 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3975 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3976 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3977 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3978 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3979 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3980 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3981 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3982 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3983 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3984 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3985 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3986 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3987 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3988 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3989 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3990 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3991 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3992 } |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3994 /* Abort the skipping algorithm if we end up before |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3995 our starting point, to avoid looping (bug#1070). |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3996 This can happen when the lbearing is larger than |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3997 the pixel width. */ |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3998 abort_skipping = (i < start_hpos); |
25012 | 3999 } |
4000 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4001 |
25012 | 4002 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4003 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4004 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4005 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4006 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4007 { | |
4008 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4009 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4010 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4011 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4012 |
25012 | 4013 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4014 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4015 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4016 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4017 && x == current_x) |
4018 { | |
4019 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4020 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4021 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4022 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4023 } |
4024 | |
4025 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4026 { | |
4027 i = start_hpos; | |
4028 x = start_x; | |
4029 desired_glyph = start; | |
4030 break; | |
4031 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4032 |
25012 | 4033 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4034 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4035 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4036 } |
4037 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4038 |
25012 | 4039 /* Write the rest. */ |
4040 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4041 { | |
4042 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4043 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4044 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4045 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4046 |
25012 | 4047 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4048 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4049 { | |
4050 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4051 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4052 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4053 appropriately above. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4054 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4055 || ((desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4056 == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4057 && MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row))); |
25012 | 4058 } |
4059 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4060 { | |
4061 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4062 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4063 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4064 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4065 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4066 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4067 } |
4068 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4069 { | |
4070 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4071 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4072 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4073 |
25012 | 4074 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4075 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4076 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4077 |
4078 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4079 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4080 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4081 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4082 this way. */ | |
4083 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4084 && (desired_row->reversed_p |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4085 ? (w->phys_cursor.hpos < 0) |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4086 : (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]))) |
25012 | 4087 { |
4088 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4089 x = -1; | |
4090 } | |
4091 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4092 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4093 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4094 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4095 } |
4096 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4097 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4098 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4099 } |
4100 | |
4101 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4102 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4103 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4104 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4105 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4106 update_window_line (struct window *w, int vpos, int *mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4107 { |
4108 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4109 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4110 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4111 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4112 |
4113 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4114 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4115 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4116 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4117 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4118 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4119 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4120 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4121 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4122 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4123 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4124 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4125 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4126 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4127 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4128 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4129 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4130 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4131 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4132 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4133 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4134 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4135 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4136 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4137 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4138 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4139 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4140 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4141 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4142 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4143 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4144 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4145 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4146 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4147 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4148 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4149 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4150 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4151 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4152 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4153 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4154 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4155 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap != current_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4156 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4157 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4158 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4159 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4160 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4161 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4162 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4163 |
25012 | 4164 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4165 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4166 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4167 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4168 } |
4169 | |
4170 | |
4171 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4172 be called from update_window. */ | |
4173 | |
4174 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4175 set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *w) |
25012 | 4176 { |
4177 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4178 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (f); |
25012 | 4179 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; |
4180 | |
4181 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4182 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4183 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4184 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4185 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4186 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4187 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4188 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4189 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4190 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4191 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4192 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4193 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4194 { | |
4195 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4196 | |
4197 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4198 { | |
4199 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4200 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4201 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4202 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4203 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4204 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4205 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4206 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4207 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4208 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4209 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4210 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4211 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4212 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4213 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4214 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4215 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4216 ++row; |
25012 | 4217 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4218 |
25012 | 4219 if (last_row) |
4220 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4221 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4222 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4223 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4224 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4225 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4226 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4227 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4228 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4229 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4230 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4231 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4232 |
25012 | 4233 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4234 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4235 } |
4236 } | |
4237 } | |
4238 else | |
4239 { | |
4240 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4241 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4242 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4243 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4244 } | |
4245 | |
4246 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4247 hpos = max (-1, hpos); /* -1 is for when cursor is on the left fringe */ |
25012 | 4248 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); |
4249 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4250 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4251 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4252 } | |
4253 | |
4254 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4255 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4256 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4257 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4258 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4259 set_window_update_flags (struct window *w, int on_p) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4260 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4261 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4262 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4263 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4264 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4265 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4266 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4267 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4268 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4269 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4270 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4271 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4272 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4273 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4274 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4275 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4276 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4277 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4278 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4279 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4280 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4281 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4282 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4283 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4284 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4285 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4286 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4287 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4288 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4289 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4290 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4291 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4293 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4294 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4295 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4296 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4297 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4298 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4299 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4300 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4301 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4302 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4303 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4304 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4305 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4306 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4307 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4308 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4309 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4310 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4311 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4312 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4313 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4315 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4316 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4317 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4318 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4319 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4320 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4321 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4322 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4323 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4324 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4325 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4326 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4327 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4328 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4329 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4330 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4331 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4332 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4333 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4334 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4335 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4336 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4337 add_row_entry (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4338 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4339 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4340 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4341 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4342 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4343 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4344 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4345 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4346 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4347 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4348 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4349 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4350 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4351 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4352 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4353 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4354 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4355 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4356 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4357 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4358 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4359 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4360 |
25012 | 4361 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4362 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4363 |
4364 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4365 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4366 O(N) time. | |
4367 | |
4368 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4369 | |
4370 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4371 | |
4372 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4373 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4374 | |
4375 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4376 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4377 | |
4378 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4379 forward and backward. | |
4380 | |
4381 Value is | |
4382 | |
4383 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4384 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4385 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4386 | |
4387 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4388 scrolling_window (struct window *w, int header_line_p) |
25012 | 4389 { |
4390 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4391 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4392 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4393 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4394 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4395 struct row_entry *entry; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4396 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4397 |
4398 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4399 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4400 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4401 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4402 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4403 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4404 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4405 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4406 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4407 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4408 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4409 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4410 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4411 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4412 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4413 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4414 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4415 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4416 break; |
25012 | 4417 } |
4418 | |
4419 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4420 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4421 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4422 |
25012 | 4423 first_old = first_new = i; |
4424 | |
4425 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4426 desired matrix. */ | |
4427 i = first_new + 1; | |
4428 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4429 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4430 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4431 ++i; |
4432 | |
4433 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4434 return 0; | |
4435 | |
4436 last_new = i; | |
4437 | |
4438 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4439 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4440 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4441 disabled. */ | |
4442 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4443 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4444 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4445 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4446 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4447 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4448 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4449 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4450 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4451 |
25012 | 4452 last_old = i; |
4453 | |
4454 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4455 i = last_new; | |
4456 j = last_old; | |
4457 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4458 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4459 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4460 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4461 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4462 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4463 && row_equal_p (w, |
4464 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4465 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4466 --i, --j; |
4467 last_new = i; | |
4468 last_old = j; | |
4469 | |
4470 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4471 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4472 return 0; | |
4473 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4474 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4475 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4476 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4478 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4479 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4480 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4481 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4483 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4484 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4485 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4486 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4487 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4488 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4489 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4490 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4491 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4492 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4493 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4494 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4495 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
4496 memset (row_table, 0, nbytes); |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4497 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4498 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4499 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4500 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4501 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4502 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4503 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4504 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4505 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4506 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4507 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4508 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4509 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4510 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4511 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4512 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4513 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4514 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4515 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4516 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4517 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4518 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4519 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4520 |
25012 | 4521 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4522 { | |
4523 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4524 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4525 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4526 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4527 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4528 } |
4529 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4530 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4531 } |
4532 | |
4533 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4534 { | |
4535 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4536 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4537 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4538 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4539 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4540 } |
4541 | |
4542 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4543 in both matrices. */ | |
4544 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4545 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4546 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4547 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4548 { |
4549 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4550 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4551 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4552 |
4553 /* Record move. */ | |
4554 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4555 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4556 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4557 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4558 run->nrows = 1; | |
4559 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4560 | |
4561 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4562 j = i - 1; | |
4563 k = new_line - 1; | |
4564 while (j > first_old | |
4565 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4566 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4567 { |
4568 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4569 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4570 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4571 ++run->nrows; |
4572 run->height += h; | |
4573 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4574 run->current_y -= h; | |
4575 --j, --k; | |
4576 } | |
4577 | |
4578 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4579 j = i + 1; | |
4580 k = new_line + 1; | |
4581 while (j < last_old | |
4582 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4583 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4584 { |
4585 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4586 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4587 run->height += h; |
4588 ++j, ++k; | |
4589 } | |
4590 | |
4591 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4592 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4593 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4594 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4595 case. */ | |
4596 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4597 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4598 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4599 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4600 runs[j] = run; | |
4601 ++nruns; | |
4602 | |
4603 i += run->nrows; | |
4604 } | |
4605 else | |
4606 ++i; | |
4607 | |
4608 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4609 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4610 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4611 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4612 | |
4613 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4614 | A | | B | | |
4615 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4616 | B | | A | | |
4617 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4618 | |
4619 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4620 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4621 | |
4622 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4623 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4624 { | |
4625 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4626 | |
4627 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4628 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4629 { | |
4630 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4631 | |
4632 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4633 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4634 { | |
4635 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4636 |
25012 | 4637 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
4638 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4639 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4640 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4641 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4642 p->nrows = 0; | |
4643 } | |
4644 } | |
4645 | |
4646 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4647 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4648 { | |
4649 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4650 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4651 |
25012 | 4652 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4653 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4654 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4655 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4656 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4657 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4658 || to->left_fringe_face_id != from->left_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4659 || to->right_fringe_face_id != from->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4660 || to->overlay_arrow_bitmap != from->overlay_arrow_bitmap)) |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4661 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 4662 assign_row (to, from); |
4663 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4664 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4665 } |
4666 } | |
4667 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4672 /* Value is > 0 to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4673 return nruns; |
25012 | 4674 } |
4675 | |
4676 | |
4677 | |
4678 /************************************************************************ | |
4679 Frame-Based Updates | |
4680 ************************************************************************/ | |
4681 | |
4682 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4683 | |
4684 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4685 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4686 should not be tried. | |
4687 | |
4688 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4689 | |
4690 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4691 update_frame_1 (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_id_p) |
25012 | 4692 { |
4693 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
4694 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4695 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4696 int i; | |
314 | 4697 int pause; |
4698 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
25012 | 4699 |
4700 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 4701 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4702 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4703 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4704 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4705 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4706 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4707 |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4708 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4709 if (!force_p && detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
314 | 4710 { |
4711 pause = 1; | |
4712 goto do_pause; | |
4713 } | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4714 #endif |
314 | 4715 |
25012 | 4716 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4717 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 4718 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4719 |
493 | 4720 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 4721 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4722 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4723 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 4724 break; |
4725 | |
4726 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 4727 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4728 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 4729 |
4730 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 4731 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4732 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4733 | |
4734 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
4735 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 4736 { |
25012 | 4737 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4738 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4739 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 4740 { |
4741 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4742 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4743 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4744 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4745 FILE *display_output = FRAME_TTY (f)->output; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4746 if (display_output) |
314 | 4747 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4748 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4749 if (outq > 900 |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4750 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) |
314 | 4751 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4752 fflush (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4753 if (preempt_count == 1) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4754 { |
554 | 4755 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4756 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4757 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4758 the outq count. */ |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4759 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (FRAME_TTY (f->output)); |
314 | 4760 #endif |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4761 outq *= 10; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4762 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4763 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4764 } |
314 | 4765 } |
4766 } | |
4767 } | |
4768 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4769 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4770 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4771 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4772 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4773 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4774 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4775 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4776 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4777 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4778 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4779 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4780 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4781 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4782 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4783 if (!force_p && (i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
4784 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4785 #endif |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4786 |
25012 | 4787 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 4788 } |
4789 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4790 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4791 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 4792 |
4793 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4794 if (!pause) | |
4795 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4796 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 4797 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4798 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 4799 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4800 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4801 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4802 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4803 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 4804 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4805 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4806 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 4807 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4808 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4809 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4810 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4811 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4812 { |
25012 | 4813 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4814 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4815 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4816 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4817 } |
708 | 4818 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4819 { |
25012 | 4820 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4821 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
4822 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
4823 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4824 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4825 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4826 { |
25012 | 4827 --row; |
4828 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4829 |
25012 | 4830 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
4831 { | |
4832 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
4833 must be ignored here. */ | |
4834 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
4835 row); | |
4836 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4837 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4838 | |
4839 while (last > start | |
4840 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
4841 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4842 |
25012 | 4843 col = last - start; |
4844 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4845 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4846 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4847 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4848 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4849 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4850 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4851 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4852 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4853 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4854 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4855 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4856 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4857 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4858 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4859 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4860 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4861 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4862 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4863 cursor_to (f, row, col); |
708 | 4864 } |
314 | 4865 else |
25012 | 4866 { |
4867 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
4868 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
4869 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4870 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4871 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4872 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4873 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4874 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4875 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4876 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 4877 { |
4878 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
4879 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
4880 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4881 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4882 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4883 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4884 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4885 cursor_to (f, y, x); |
25012 | 4886 } |
4887 } | |
314 | 4888 } |
4889 | |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
4890 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
314 | 4891 do_pause: |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
4892 #endif |
314 | 4893 |
25012 | 4894 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 4895 return pause; |
4896 } | |
4897 | |
25012 | 4898 |
4899 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 4900 |
21514 | 4901 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4902 scrolling (struct frame *frame) |
314 | 4903 { |
4904 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
4905 int window_size; | |
4906 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4907 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4908 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4909 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4910 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 4911 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4912 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 4913 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
4914 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
4915 | |
4916 if (!current_matrix) | |
4917 abort (); | |
4918 | |
4919 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
4920 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
4921 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 4922 changed_lines = 0; |
4923 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4924 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4925 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 4926 { |
4927 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 4928 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4929 return 0; |
25012 | 4930 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
4931 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4932 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4933 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4934 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4935 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4936 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4937 } |
314 | 4938 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4939 { |
25012 | 4940 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
4941 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4942 } |
314 | 4943 |
4944 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
4945 { | |
4946 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4947 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 4948 } |
4949 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
4950 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 4951 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 4952 } |
4953 | |
4954 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4955 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4956 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4957 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 4958 return 1; |
4959 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4960 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 4961 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
4962 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4963 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 4964 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4965 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 4966 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
4967 | |
4968 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 4969 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4970 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4971 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 4972 && (window_size >= |
4973 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4974 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 4975 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
4976 return 0; | |
4977 | |
25012 | 4978 if (window_size < 2) |
4979 return 0; | |
4980 | |
764 | 4981 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 4982 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
4983 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 4984 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
4985 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
4986 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
4987 | |
4988 return 0; | |
4989 } | |
25012 | 4990 |
4991 | |
4992 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
4993 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
4994 | |
4995 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4996 count_blanks (struct glyph *r, int len) |
314 | 4997 { |
25012 | 4998 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4999 |
25012 | 5000 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5001 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5002 break; | |
5003 | |
5004 return i; | |
314 | 5005 } |
25012 | 5006 |
5007 | |
5008 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5009 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5010 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5011 |
5012 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5013 count_match (struct glyph *str1, struct glyph *end1, struct glyph *str2, struct glyph *end2) |
314 | 5014 { |
25012 | 5015 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5016 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5017 |
25012 | 5018 while (p1 < end1 |
5019 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5020 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5021 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5022 |
25012 | 5023 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5024 } |
5025 | |
25012 | 5026 |
314 | 5027 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5028 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5029 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5030 |
25012 | 5031 |
5032 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5033 | |
314 | 5034 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5035 update_frame_line (struct frame *f, int vpos) |
314 | 5036 { |
25012 | 5037 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5038 int tem; |
5039 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5040 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5041 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5042 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5043 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5044 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5045 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5046 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5047 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5048 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5049 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5050 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5051 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5052 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5053 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5054 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5055 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5056 { |
25012 | 5057 obody = 0; |
314 | 5058 olen = 0; |
5059 } | |
5060 else | |
5061 { | |
25012 | 5062 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5063 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5064 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5065 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5066 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5067 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5068 olen--; |
314 | 5069 } |
5070 | |
25012 | 5071 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5072 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5073 | |
5074 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5075 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5076 { |
5077 nlen = 0; | |
5078 goto just_erase; | |
5079 } | |
5080 | |
25012 | 5081 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5082 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5083 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5084 | |
5085 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5086 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5087 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5088 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5089 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5090 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5091 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5092 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5093 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5094 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5095 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5096 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5097 write_glyphs (f, nbody, nlen); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5098 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5099 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5100 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5101 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5102 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5103 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5104 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5105 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5106 clear_end_of_line (f, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5107 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5108 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5109 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5110 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5111 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5112 |
25012 | 5113 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5114 return; | |
5115 } | |
314 | 5116 |
5117 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5118 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5119 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5120 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5121 nlen--; |
314 | 5122 |
5123 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5124 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5125 { |
25012 | 5126 int i, j; |
5127 | |
5128 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5129 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5130 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5131 { | |
25012 | 5132 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5133 { |
25012 | 5134 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5135 j = i + 1; | |
5136 while (j < nlen | |
5137 && (j >= olen | |
5138 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5139 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5140 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5141 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5142 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5143 cursor_to (f, vpos, i); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5144 write_glyphs (f, nbody + i, j - i); |
25012 | 5145 i = j - 1; |
314 | 5146 |
5147 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5148 } | |
5149 } | |
5150 | |
5151 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5152 if (olen > nlen) | |
5153 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5154 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5155 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5156 } |
5157 | |
25012 | 5158 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5159 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5160 return; |
5161 } | |
5162 | |
25012 | 5163 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5164 characters in a row. */ | |
5165 | |
314 | 5166 if (!olen) |
5167 { | |
25012 | 5168 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5169 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5170 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5171 nsp = 0; |
5172 else | |
5173 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5174 | |
314 | 5175 if (nlen > nsp) |
5176 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5177 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5178 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); |
314 | 5179 } |
5180 | |
764 | 5181 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5182 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5183 return; |
5184 } | |
5185 | |
5186 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5187 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5188 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5189 |
5190 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5191 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5192 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5193 |
5194 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5195 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5196 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5197 { |
5198 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5199 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5200 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5201 } |
5202 | |
5203 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5204 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5205 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5206 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5207 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5208 | |
5209 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5210 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5211 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5212 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5213 while (op1 > op2 |
5214 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5215 { |
5216 op1--; | |
5217 np1--; | |
5218 } | |
5219 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5220 | |
5221 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5222 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5223 Is it worth it? */ | |
5224 | |
5225 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5226 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5227 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5228 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5229 endmatch = 0; |
5230 | |
5231 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5232 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5233 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5234 Is it worth it? */ | |
5235 | |
5236 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5237 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5238 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5239 { |
5240 begmatch = 0; | |
5241 endmatch = 0; | |
5242 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5243 } | |
5244 | |
5245 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5246 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5247 | |
5248 if (osp > nsp) | |
5249 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5250 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5251 delete_glyphs (f, osp - nsp); |
314 | 5252 } |
5253 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5254 { | |
5255 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5256 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5257 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5258 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5259 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5260 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5261 delete_glyphs (f, olen + nsp - osp - nlen); |
314 | 5262 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); |
5263 } | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5264 cursor_to (f, vpos, osp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5265 insert_glyphs (f, 0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5266 } |
5267 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5268 | |
5269 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5270 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5271 { | |
5272 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5273 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5274 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5275 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5276 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5277 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5278 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5279 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5280 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5281 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5282 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5283 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5284 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5285 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5286 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5287 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5288 } |
314 | 5289 } |
5290 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5291 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5292 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5293 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5294 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5295 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5296 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5297 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5298 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5299 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5300 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5301 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5302 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5303 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5304 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5305 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5306 out--; |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5307 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5308 |
25012 | 5309 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5310 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5311 if (del > 0) |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5312 delete_glyphs (f, del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5313 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5314 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5315 insert_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5316 olen = nlen; |
5317 } | |
5318 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5319 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5320 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5321 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5322 delete_glyphs (f, olen - nlen); |
314 | 5323 olen = nlen; |
5324 } | |
5325 } | |
5326 | |
5327 just_erase: | |
5328 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5329 if (olen > nlen) | |
5330 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5331 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5332 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5333 } |
5334 | |
764 | 5335 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5336 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5337 } |
25012 | 5338 |
5339 | |
314 | 5340 |
25012 | 5341 /*********************************************************************** |
5342 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5343 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5344 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5345 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5346 Return the OBJECT (string or buffer) that's there. |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5347 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5348 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5349 Return in *DX and *DY the pixel coordinates of the click, |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5350 relative to the top left corner of OBJECT, or relative to |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5351 the top left corner of the character glyph at (*X, *Y) |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5352 if OBJECT is nil. |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5353 Return WIDTH and HEIGHT of the object at (*X, *Y), or zero |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5354 if the coordinates point to an empty area of the display. */ |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5355 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5356 Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5357 buffer_posn_from_coords (struct window *w, int *x, int *y, struct display_pos *pos, Lisp_Object *object, int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5358 { |
25012 | 5359 struct it it; |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5360 Lisp_Object old_current_buffer = Fcurrent_buffer (); |
25012 | 5361 struct text_pos startp; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5362 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5363 struct glyph_row *row; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5364 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5365 struct image *img = 0; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5366 #endif |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5367 int x0, x1, to_x; |
25012 | 5368 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5369 /* We used to set current_buffer directly here, but that does the |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5370 wrong thing with `face-remapping-alist' (bug#2044). */ |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5371 Fset_buffer (w->buffer); |
25012 | 5372 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); |
5373 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5374 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5375 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5376 |
111566
b4dbe6c4111e
Cleanup of window coordinate positioning code.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
111564
diff
changeset
|
5377 x0 = *x; |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5378 |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5379 /* First, move to the beginning of the row corresponding to *Y. We |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5380 need to be in that row to get the correct value of base paragraph |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5381 direction for the text at (*X, *Y). */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5382 move_it_to (&it, -1, 0, *y, -1, MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5383 |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5384 /* TO_X is the pixel position that the iterator will compute for the |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5385 glyph at *X. We add it.first_visible_x because iterator |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5386 positions include the hscroll. */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5387 to_x = x0 + it.first_visible_x; |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5388 if (it.bidi_it.paragraph_dir == R2L) |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5389 /* For lines in an R2L paragraph, we need to mirror TO_X wrt the |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5390 text area. This is because the iterator, even in R2L |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5391 paragraphs, delivers glyphs as if they started at the left |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5392 margin of the window. (When we actually produce glyphs for |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5393 display, we reverse their order in PRODUCE_GLYPHS, but the |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5394 iterator doesn't know about that.) The following line adjusts |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5395 the pixel position to the iterator geometry, which is what |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5396 move_it_* routines use. (The -1 is because in a window whose |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5397 text-area width is W, the rightmost pixel position is W-1, and |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5398 it should be mirrored into zero pixel position.) */ |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5399 to_x = window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA) - to_x - 1; |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5400 |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5401 /* Now move horizontally in the row to the glyph under *X. Second |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5402 argument is ZV to prevent move_it_in_display_line from matching |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5403 based on buffer positions. */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5404 move_it_in_display_line (&it, ZV, to_x, MOVE_TO_X); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5405 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5406 Fset_buffer (old_current_buffer); |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5407 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5408 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5409 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5410 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5411 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5412 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5413 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5414 *pos = it.current; |
110469
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5415 if (it.what == IT_COMPOSITION |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5416 && it.cmp_it.nchars > 1 |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5417 && it.cmp_it.reversed_p) |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5418 { |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5419 /* The current display element is a grapheme cluster in a |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5420 composition. In that case, we need the position of the first |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5421 character of the cluster. But, as it.cmp_it.reversed_p is 1, |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5422 it.current points to the last character of the cluster, thus |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5423 we must move back to the first character of the same |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5424 cluster. */ |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5425 CHARPOS (pos->pos) -= it.cmp_it.nchars - 1; |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5426 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5427 BYTEPOS (pos->pos) = string_char_to_byte (string, CHARPOS (pos->pos)); |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5428 else |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5429 BYTEPOS (pos->pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (pos->pos)); |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5430 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5431 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5432 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5433 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5434 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5435 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5436 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5437 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5438 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5439 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5440 |
65016
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5441 if (it.vpos < w->current_matrix->nrows |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5442 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos), |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5443 row->enabled_p)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5444 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5445 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5446 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5447 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5448 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5449 if (img) |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5450 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5451 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
110598
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5452 *dx += glyph->slice.img.x; |
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5453 *dy += glyph->slice.img.y; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5454 /* Image slices positions are still relative to the entire image */ |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5455 *width = img->width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5456 *height = img->height; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5457 } |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5458 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5459 #endif |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5460 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5461 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5462 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5463 } |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5464 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5465 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5466 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5467 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5468 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5469 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5470 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5471 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5472 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5473 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5474 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5475 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5476 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5477 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5478 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5479 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5480 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5481 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5482 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5483 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5484 return string; |
25012 | 5485 } |
5486 | |
5487 | |
5488 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5489 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5490 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5491 |
5492 Lisp_Object | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5493 mode_line_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5494 int *x, int *y, EMACS_INT *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5495 int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
25012 | 5496 { |
5497 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5498 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5499 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5500 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5501 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5502 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5503 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5504 else | |
25546 | 5505 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5506 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5507 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5508 |
25012 | 5509 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5510 { |
25012 | 5511 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5512 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5513 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5514 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5515 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5516 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5517 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5518 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5519 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5520 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5521 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5522 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5523 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5524 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5525 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5526 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5527 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5528 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5529 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5530 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5531 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5532 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5533 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5534 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5535 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5536 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5537 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5538 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5539 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5540 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5541 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5542 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5543 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5544 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5545 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5546 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5547 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5548 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5549 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5550 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5551 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5552 |
5553 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5554 } |
25012 | 5555 |
5556 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5557 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5558 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5559 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5560 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5561 Lisp_Object |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5562 marginal_area_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5563 int *x, int *y, EMACS_INT *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5564 int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5565 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5566 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5567 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5568 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5569 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5570 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5571 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5572 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5573 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5574 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5575 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5576 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5577 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5578 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5579 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5580 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5581 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5582 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5583 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5584 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5585 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5586 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5587 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5588 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5589 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5590 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5591 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5592 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5593 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5594 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5595 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5596 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5597 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5598 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5599 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5600 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5601 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5602 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5603 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5604 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5605 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5606 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5607 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5608 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5609 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5610 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5611 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5612 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5613 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5614 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5615 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5616 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5617 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5618 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
110598
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5619 x0 += glyph->slice.img.x; |
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5620 y0 += glyph->slice.img.y; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5621 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5622 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5623 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5624 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5625 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5626 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5627 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5628 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5629 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5630 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5631 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5632 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5633 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5634 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5635 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5636 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5637 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5638 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5639 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5640 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5641 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5642 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5643 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5644 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5645 |
25012 | 5646 /*********************************************************************** |
5647 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5648 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5649 |
5650 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5651 |
493 | 5652 SIGTYPE |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5653 window_change_signal (int signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5654 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5655 { |
5656 int width, height; | |
5657 int old_errno = errno; | |
5658 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5659 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5660 |
58986
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5661 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5662 SIGNAL_THREAD_CHECK (signalnum); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5663 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5664 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5665 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5666 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5667 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5668 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5669 |
53341 | 5670 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5671 continue; | |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5672 |
101690
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5673 /* Suspended tty frames have tty->input == NULL avoid trying to |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5674 use it. */ |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5675 if (!tty->input) |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5676 continue; |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5677 |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5678 get_tty_size (fileno (tty->input), &width, &height); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5679 |
83412
573105015a96
Work around Emacs crash on Konsole detach. (Tom Schutzer-Weissmann)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83384
diff
changeset
|
5680 if (width > 5 && height > 2) { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5681 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5682 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5683 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5684 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5685 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5686 structures now. Let that be done later outside of the |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5687 signal handler. */ |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5688 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5689 } |
314 | 5690 } |
5691 | |
5692 errno = old_errno; | |
5693 } | |
5694 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5695 | |
5696 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5697 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5698 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5699 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5700 |
21514 | 5701 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5702 do_pending_window_change (int safe) |
314 | 5703 { |
5704 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5705 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5706 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5707 |
314 | 5708 while (delayed_size_change) |
5709 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5710 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5711 |
5712 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5713 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5714 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5715 { |
25012 | 5716 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5717 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5718 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5719 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5720 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5721 } |
5722 } | |
5723 } | |
5724 | |
5725 | |
764 | 5726 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5727 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5728 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5729 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5730 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5731 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5732 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5733 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5734 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5735 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5736 |
21514 | 5737 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5738 change_frame_size (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5739 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5740 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5741 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5742 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5743 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5744 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5745 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5746 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5747 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5748 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5749 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5750 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5751 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5752 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5753 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5754 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5755 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5756 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5757 change_frame_size_1 (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
314 | 5758 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5759 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5760 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5761 |
314 | 5762 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5763 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5764 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5765 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5766 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 5767 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5768 return; | |
5769 } | |
5770 | |
764 | 5771 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5772 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5773 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5774 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5775 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5776 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5777 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5778 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5779 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 5780 |
5781 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5782 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5783 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5784 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5785 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5786 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5787 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5788 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5789 /* Frame width may be unchanged but the text portion may change, for example, |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5790 fullscreen and remove/add scroll bar. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5791 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5792 && newwidth == FRAME_COLS (f) // text portion unchanged |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5793 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) // frame width unchanged |
314 | 5794 return; |
5795 | |
15078 | 5796 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5797 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5798 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5799 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5800 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5801 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5802 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5803 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5804 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5805 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 5806 { |
25012 | 5807 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5808 { |
25012 | 5809 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5810 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 5811 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
5812 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5813 (newheight | |
5814 - 1 | |
5815 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5816 2); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5817 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5818 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5819 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5820 } |
5821 else | |
764 | 5822 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5823 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5824 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 2); |
25012 | 5825 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5826 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5827 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5828 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5829 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 5830 } |
5831 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5832 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5833 { |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5834 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 2); |
25012 | 5835 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5836 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 5837 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5838 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5839 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5840 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5841 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 5842 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5843 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5844 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 5845 } |
5846 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5847 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5848 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 5849 |
5850 { | |
5851 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5852 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5853 |
25012 | 5854 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
5855 &text_area_height); | |
5856 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5857 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5858 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5859 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5860 } | |
5861 | |
5862 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5863 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 5864 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5865 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 5866 |
5867 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5868 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5869 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5870 |
88050
449ffc76e463
* window.c (run_window_configuration_change_hook): New function.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
5871 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5872 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5873 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 5874 } |
25012 | 5875 |
5876 | |
314 | 5877 |
25012 | 5878 /*********************************************************************** |
5879 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5880 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5881 | |
5882 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5883 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5884 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5885 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5886 (Lisp_Object file) |
25012 | 5887 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5888 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5889 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5890 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5891 && ! FRAME_MSDOS_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5892 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5893 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5894 tty = CURTTY (); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5895 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5896 if (tty->termscript != 0) |
83560 | 5897 { |
5898 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5899 fclose (tty->termscript); |
83560 | 5900 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
5901 } | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5902 tty->termscript = 0; |
25012 | 5903 |
5904 if (! NILP (file)) | |
5905 { | |
5906 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5907 tty->termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5908 if (tty->termscript == 0) |
25012 | 5909 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
5910 } | |
5911 return Qnil; | |
5912 } | |
5913 | |
5914 | |
314 | 5915 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5916 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5917 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5918 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. |
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5919 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5920 Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use. |
104957
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5921 It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5922 the currently selected frame. In batch mode, STRING is sent to stdout |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5923 when TERMINAL is nil. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5924 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object terminal) |
314 | 5925 { |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5926 struct terminal *t = get_terminal (terminal, 1); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5927 FILE *out; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5928 |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5929 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
5930 CHECK_STRING (string); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5931 BLOCK_INPUT; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5932 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5933 if (!t) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5934 error ("Unknown terminal device"); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5935 |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5936 if (t->type == output_initial) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5937 out = stdout; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5938 else if (t->type != output_termcap && t->type != output_msdos_raw) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5939 error ("Device %d is not a termcap terminal device", t->id); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5940 else |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5941 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5942 struct tty_display_info *tty = t->display_info.tty; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5943 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5944 if (! tty->output) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5945 error ("Terminal is currently suspended"); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5946 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5947 if (tty->termscript) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5948 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5949 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5950 fflush (tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5951 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5952 out = tty->output; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5953 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5954 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), out); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5955 fflush (out); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5956 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 5957 return Qnil; |
5958 } | |
5959 | |
25012 | 5960 |
314 | 5961 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5962 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5963 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5964 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5965 (Lisp_Object arg) |
314 | 5966 { |
493 | 5967 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 5968 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5969 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5970 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5971 else |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5972 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 5973 } |
5974 else | |
5975 bitch_at_user (); | |
5976 | |
5977 return Qnil; | |
5978 } | |
5979 | |
21514 | 5980 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5981 bitch_at_user (void) |
314 | 5982 { |
5983 if (noninteractive) | |
5984 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 5985 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 5986 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
5987 else | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5988 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 5989 } |
5990 | |
25012 | 5991 |
5992 | |
5993 /*********************************************************************** | |
5994 Sleeping, Waiting | |
5995 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5996 | |
314 | 5997 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5998 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5999 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6000 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6001 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6002 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6003 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6004 (Lisp_Object seconds, Lisp_Object milliseconds) |
314 | 6005 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6006 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6007 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6008 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6009 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6010 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6011 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6012 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6013 | |
6014 { | |
6015 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6016 sec = (int) duration; | |
6017 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6018 } | |
314 | 6019 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6020 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6021 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
63695
98563021d2e3
(Fsleep_for, Fsit_for): Follow error conventions.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
63649
diff
changeset
|
6022 error ("Millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6023 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6024 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6025 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6026 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6027 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6028 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6029 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6030 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6031 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6032 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6033 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6034 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6035 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6036 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6037 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6038 return Qnil; |
6039 | |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6040 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, 0, 0, Qnil, NULL, 0); |
314 | 6041 |
6042 return Qnil; | |
6043 } | |
6044 | |
25012 | 6045 |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6046 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_output, except that |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6047 it does redisplay. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6048 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6049 TIMEOUT is number of seconds to wait (float or integer), |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6050 or t to wait forever. |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6051 READING is 1 if reading input. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6052 If DO_DISPLAY is >0 display process output while waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6053 If DO_DISPLAY is >1 perform an initial redisplay before waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6054 */ |
650 | 6055 |
6056 Lisp_Object | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6057 sit_for (Lisp_Object timeout, int reading, int do_display) |
314 | 6058 { |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6059 int sec, usec; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6060 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6061 swallow_events (do_display); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6062 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6063 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (do_display)) |
71138
5cf77229c85d
(sit_for): Perform redisplay even if input is pending
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
70300
diff
changeset
|
6064 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
314 | 6065 return Qnil; |
650 | 6066 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6067 if (do_display >= 2) |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6068 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6069 |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6070 if (INTEGERP (timeout)) |
71333
a8cbcce39bd0
(sit_for): Undo 2006-06-01 change. Instead, a
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71323
diff
changeset
|
6071 { |
71810 | 6072 sec = XINT (timeout); |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6073 usec = 0; |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6074 } |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6075 else if (FLOATP (timeout)) |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6076 { |
71831
347f809d2edb
(sit_for): Tiny simplification.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71810
diff
changeset
|
6077 double seconds = XFLOAT_DATA (timeout); |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6078 sec = (int) seconds; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6079 usec = (int) ((seconds - sec) * 1000000); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6080 } |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6081 else if (EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6082 { |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6083 sec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6084 usec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6085 } |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6086 else |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6087 wrong_type_argument (Qnumberp, timeout); |
314 | 6088 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6089 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0 && !EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
673 | 6090 return Qt; |
6091 | |
314 | 6092 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6093 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6094 #endif |
6095 | |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6096 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, reading ? -1 : 1, do_display, |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6097 Qnil, NULL, 0); |
650 | 6098 |
314 | 6099 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6100 } | |
6101 | |
25012 | 6102 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6103 DEFUN ("redisplay", Fredisplay, Sredisplay, 0, 1, 0, |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6104 doc: /* Perform redisplay if no input is available. |
71773 | 6105 If optional arg FORCE is non-nil or `redisplay-dont-pause' is non-nil, |
72788
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6106 perform a full redisplay even if input is available. |
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6107 Return t if redisplay was performed, nil otherwise. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6108 (Lisp_Object force) |
650 | 6109 { |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6110 int count; |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6111 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6112 swallow_events (1); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6113 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (1) |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6114 && NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6115 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6116 return Qnil; |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6117 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6118 count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6119 if (!NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6120 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6121 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6122 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6123 return Qt; |
650 | 6124 } |
25012 | 6125 |
6126 | |
314 | 6127 |
25012 | 6128 /*********************************************************************** |
6129 Other Lisp Functions | |
6130 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6131 | |
6132 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6133 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6134 buffer-modified-flags. */ |
25012 | 6135 |
6136 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6137 | |
6138 | |
6139 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6140 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6141 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6142 VARIABLE is a variable name whose value is either nil or a state vector |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6143 that will be updated to contain all frames and buffers, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6144 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6145 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags. This allows a fast |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6146 check to see whether buffer menus might need to be recomputed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6147 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6148 the current state. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6149 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6150 If VARIABLE is nil, an internal variable is used. Users should not |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6151 pass nil for VARIABLE. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6152 (Lisp_Object variable) |
25012 | 6153 { |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6154 Lisp_Object state, tail, frame, buf; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6155 Lisp_Object *vecp, *end; |
25012 | 6156 int n; |
6157 | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6158 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6159 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6160 CHECK_SYMBOL (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6161 state = Fsymbol_value (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6162 if (! VECTORP (state)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6163 goto changed; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6164 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6165 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6166 state = frame_and_buffer_state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6167 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6168 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6169 end = vecp + XVECTOR (state)->size; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6170 |
25012 | 6171 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6172 { | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6173 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6174 goto changed; |
25012 | 6175 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) |
6176 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6177 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6178 goto changed; |
25012 | 6179 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) |
6180 goto changed; | |
6181 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6182 /* Check that the buffer info matches. */ |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6183 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6184 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6185 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6186 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6187 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6188 continue; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6189 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6190 goto changed; |
25012 | 6191 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) |
6192 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6193 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6194 goto changed; |
25012 | 6195 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) |
6196 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6197 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6198 goto changed; |
25012 | 6199 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) |
6200 goto changed; | |
6201 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6202 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6203 goto changed; |
25012 | 6204 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ |
6205 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6206 return Qnil; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6207 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6208 /* Come here if we decide the data has changed. */ |
25012 | 6209 changed: |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6210 /* Count the size we will need. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6211 Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ |
25012 | 6212 n = 1; |
6213 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6214 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6215 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6216 n += 3; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6217 /* Reallocate the vector if data has grown to need it, |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6218 or if it has shrunk a lot. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6219 if (! VECTORP (state) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6220 || n > XVECTOR (state)->size |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6221 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (state)->size / 2) |
25012 | 6222 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6223 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6224 state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6225 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6226 Fset (variable, state); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6227 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6228 frame_and_buffer_state = state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6229 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6230 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6231 /* Record the new data in the (possibly reallocated) vector. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6232 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
25012 | 6233 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6234 { | |
6235 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6236 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6237 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6238 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6239 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6240 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6241 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6242 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6243 continue; |
6244 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6245 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6246 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6247 } | |
6248 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6249 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6250 while (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6251 < XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6252 *vecp++ = Qlambda; |
6253 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6254 if (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6255 > XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6256 abort (); |
6257 return Qt; | |
6258 } | |
6259 | |
6260 | |
6261 | |
6262 /*********************************************************************** | |
6263 Initialization | |
6264 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6265 | |
6266 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6267 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6268 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6269 |
21514 | 6270 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6271 init_display (void) |
314 | 6272 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6273 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6274 |
25012 | 6275 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6276 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
6277 SET_CHAR_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' ', DEFAULT_FACE_ID, 0); |
25012 | 6278 space_glyph.charpos = -1; |
6279 | |
314 | 6280 inverse_video = 0; |
6281 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6282 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6283 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6284 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6285 during startup. */ |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6286 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6287 |
83146
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6288 /* SIGWINCH needs to be handled no matter what display we start |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6289 with. Otherwise newly opened tty frames will not resize |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6290 automatically. */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6291 #ifdef SIGWINCH |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6292 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6293 if (initialized) |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6294 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6295 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6296 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ |
314 | 6297 |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6298 /* If running as a daemon, no need to initialize any frames/terminal. */ |
99182
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6299 if (IS_DAEMON) |
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6300 return; |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6301 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6302 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6303 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6304 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6305 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6306 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6307 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6308 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6309 |
6310 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
69952
b9da898695a5
* dispnew.c (init_display): Don't init X display if the user asked
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69607
diff
changeset
|
6311 if (! inhibit_window_system && ! display_arg) |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6312 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6313 char *display; |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6314 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6315 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
69607
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6316 |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6317 if (display_arg && !x_display_ok (display)) |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6318 { |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6319 fprintf (stderr, "Display %s unavailable, simulating -nw\n", |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6320 display); |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6321 inhibit_window_system = 1; |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6322 } |
2364 | 6323 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6324 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6325 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6326 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6327 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6328 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6329 ) |
314 | 6330 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6331 Vinitial_window_system = Qx; |
314 | 6332 #ifdef HAVE_X11 |
6333 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6334 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6335 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6336 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6337 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6338 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6339 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6340 #endif |
25012 | 6341 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6342 return; |
6343 } | |
6344 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6345 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6346 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6347 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6348 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6349 Vinitial_window_system = Qw32; |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6350 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6351 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6352 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6353 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6354 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6355 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6356 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6357 if (!inhibit_window_system |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6358 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6359 && initialized |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6360 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6361 ) |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6362 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6363 Vinitial_window_system = Qns; |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6364 Vwindow_system_version = make_number(10); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6365 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6366 return; |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6367 } |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6368 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6369 |
314 | 6370 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6371 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6372 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6373 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6374 exit (1); |
6375 } | |
6376 | |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6377 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6378 terminal_type = "w32console"; |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6379 #else |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6380 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6381 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6382 #endif |
314 | 6383 if (!terminal_type) |
6384 { | |
71946 | 6385 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
71945 | 6386 if (! inhibit_window_system) |
6387 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable DISPLAY or TERM (see `tset').\n"); | |
71944
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6388 else |
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6389 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
71945 | 6390 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see `tset'.\n"); |
314 | 6391 exit (1); |
6392 } | |
6393 | |
53341 | 6394 { |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6395 struct terminal *t; |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6396 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6397 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6398 /* Open a display on the controlling tty. */ |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6399 t = init_tty (0, terminal_type, 1); /* Errors are fatal. */ |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6400 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6401 /* Convert the initial frame to use the new display. */ |
83090
72c2a3eb27da
Trivial cosmetic change in dispnew.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83074
diff
changeset
|
6402 if (f->output_method != output_initial) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6403 abort (); |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6404 f->output_method = t->type; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6405 f->terminal = t; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6406 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6407 t->reference_count++; |
111345
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6408 #ifdef MSDOS |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6409 f->output_data.tty->display_info = &the_only_display_info; |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6410 #else |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6411 if (f->output_method == output_termcap) |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6412 create_tty_output (f); |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6413 #endif |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6414 t->display_info.tty->top_frame = selected_frame; |
83362
c3dd82172ed1
Enforce the presence of `window-system' and `tty-type' frame parameters in all frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83353
diff
changeset
|
6415 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6416 FrameRows (t->display_info.tty), |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6417 FrameCols (t->display_info.tty), 0, 0, 1); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6418 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6419 /* Delete the initial terminal. */ |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6420 if (--initial_terminal->reference_count == 0 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6421 && initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6422 (*initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) (initial_terminal); |
83074
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6423 |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6424 /* Update frame parameters to reflect the new type. */ |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6425 Fmodify_frame_parameters |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6426 (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty_type, |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6427 Ftty_type (selected_frame)), Qnil)); |
97867
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6428 if (t->display_info.tty->name) |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6429 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6430 Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, build_string (t->display_info.tty->name)), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6431 Qnil)); |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6432 else |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6433 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, Qnil), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6434 Qnil)); |
53341 | 6435 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6436 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6437 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6438 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6439 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6440 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6441 |
25012 | 6442 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6443 | |
6444 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6445 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6446 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6447 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6448 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6449 |
25012 | 6450 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6451 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6452 |
25012 | 6453 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ |
6454 if (initialized | |
6455 && !noninteractive | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6456 && NILP (Vinitial_window_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6457 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6458 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6459 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6460 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6461 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6462 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6463 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6464 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6465 } |
314 | 6466 } |
25012 | 6467 |
6468 | |
314 | 6469 |
25012 | 6470 /*********************************************************************** |
6471 Blinking cursor | |
6472 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6473 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6474 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6475 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6476 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6477 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6478 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6479 don't show a cursor. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6480 (Lisp_Object window, Lisp_Object show) |
25012 | 6481 { |
6482 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6483 output routines. */ | |
6484 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6485 { | |
6486 if (NILP (window)) | |
6487 window = selected_window; | |
6488 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6489 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6490 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6491 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6492 } |
6493 | |
6494 return Qnil; | |
6495 } | |
6496 | |
6497 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6498 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6499 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6500 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6501 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6502 (Lisp_Object window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6503 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6504 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6505 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6506 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6507 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6508 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6509 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6510 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6511 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6512 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6513 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6514 |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6515 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuffer-frame", Flast_nonminibuf_frame, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6516 Slast_nonminibuf_frame, 0, 0, 0, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6517 doc: /* Value is last nonminibuffer frame. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6518 (void) |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6519 { |
95639
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6520 Lisp_Object frame = Qnil; |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6521 |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6522 if (last_nonminibuf_frame) |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6523 XSETFRAME (frame, last_nonminibuf_frame); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6524 |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6525 return frame; |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6526 } |
25012 | 6527 |
6528 /*********************************************************************** | |
6529 Initialization | |
6530 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6531 | |
21514 | 6532 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6533 syms_of_display (void) |
314 | 6534 { |
764 | 6535 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6536 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6537 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6538 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6539 defsubr (&Sding); | |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6540 defsubr (&Sredisplay); |
314 | 6541 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); |
6542 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6543 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6544 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6545 defsubr (&Slast_nonminibuf_frame); |
314 | 6546 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6547 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6548 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6549 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6550 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6551 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6552 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6553 |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6554 Qdisplay_table = intern_c_string ("display-table"); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6555 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6556 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern_c_string ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6557 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6558 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6559 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6560 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6561 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6562 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6563 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6564 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6565 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6566 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6567 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6568 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6569 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6570 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6571 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6572 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6573 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6574 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6575 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6576 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6577 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6578 |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6579 DEFVAR_LISP ("initial-window-system", &Vinitial_window_system, |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6580 doc: /* Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame. |
111155
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6581 The value is a symbol: |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6582 nil for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6583 'x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6584 'w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6585 'ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6586 'pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6587 |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6588 Use of this variable as a boolean is deprecated. Instead, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6589 use `display-graphic-p' or any of the other `display-*-p' |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6590 predicates which report frame's specific UI-related capabilities. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6591 |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6592 DEFVAR_KBOARD ("window-system", Vwindow_system, |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6593 doc: /* Name of window system through which the selected frame is displayed. |
111155
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6594 The value is a symbol: |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6595 nil for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6596 'x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6597 'w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6598 'ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6599 'pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6600 |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6601 Use of this variable as a boolean is deprecated. Instead, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6602 use `display-graphic-p' or any of the other `display-*-p' |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6603 predicates which report frame's specific UI-related capabilities. */); |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6604 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6605 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6606 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
85826 | 6607 For X windows, this is 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6608 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6609 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6610 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6611 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6612 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6613 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6614 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6615 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6616 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6617 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6618 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6619 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6620 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6621 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6622 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6623 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6624 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6625 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6626 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6627 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6628 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6629 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6630 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6631 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6632 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6633 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-preemption-period", &Vredisplay_preemption_period, |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6634 doc: /* *The period in seconds between checking for input during redisplay. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6635 If input is detected, redisplay is pre-empted, and the input is processed. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6636 If nil, never pre-empt redisplay. */); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6637 Vredisplay_preemption_period = make_float (0.10); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6638 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6639 |
314 | 6640 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP |
6641 if (noninteractive) | |
6642 #endif | |
6643 { | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6644 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6645 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; |
6646 } | |
6647 } | |
52401 | 6648 |